Navapadamanjari PDF

Navapadamañjarī
A New Collection of Sentences

(illustrating Pāḷi case endings)
by
Ānandajoti Bhikkhu
(Work-in-Progress, partly revised May 2016)
being a revised version of
Padamañjarī
by
Venerable Devamitta of Molligoda
illustrated with examples drawn from Pāḷi literature,

together with abstracts, a translation, and notes
2
Table of Contents (outline)

Paṭhamo Paricchedo, Pulliṅganāmaṁ
Dutiyo Paricchedo, Itthiliṅganāmaṁ
Tatiyo Paricchedo, Napuṁsakaliṅganāmaṁ
Catuttho Paricchedo, Aliṅgasabbanāmaṁ
Pañcamo Paricchedo, Sabbanāmaṁ
Chaṭṭho Paricchedo, Saṅkhyānāmānaṁ
Sattamo Paricchedo, Atirekasaṅkhyānāmānaṁ
Table of Contents (detailed)

Introduction
Chapter One, Masculine Nouns
1-1: Masculine Gender with -a at the end – Buddha
1-2: Masculine Gender with -a at the end – atta
1-3: Masculine Gender with -a at the end – Rāja
1-4: Masculine Gender with -vanta at the end – Bhagavanta
1-5: Masculine Gender with -anta at the end – gacchanta
1-6: Masculine Gender with -i at the end – aggi
1-7: Masculine Gender with -i at the end – ādi
1-8: Masculine Gender with -ī at the end – hatthī
1-9: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – bhikkhu
1-10: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – jantu
1-11: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – Satthu
1-12: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – nattu
1-13: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – pitu
1-14: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – bhātu
1-15: Masculine Gender with -ū at the end – Abhibhū
1-16: Masculine Gender with -ū at the end – Sabbaññū
1-17: Masculine Gender with -o at the end – go
Chapter Two, Feminine Nouns
2-1: Feminine Gender with -ā at the end – kaññā
2-2: Feminine Gender with -i at the end – ratti
2-3: Feminine Gender with -ī at the end – nadī
2-4: Feminine Gender with -u at the end – yāgu
2-5: Feminine Gender with -u at the end – mātu
2-6: Feminine Gender with -ū at the end – jambū
Chapter Three, Neuter Nouns
3-1: Neuter Gender with -a at the end – citta
3-2: Neuter Gender with -a at the end – mana
3-3: Neuter Gender with -vanta at the end – guṇavanta
3-4: Neuter Gender with -anta at the end – gacchanta
3-5: Neuter Gender with -i at the end – aṭṭhi
3-6: Neuter Gender with -ī at the end – daṇḍī
3-7: Neuter Gender with -u at the end – āyu
3
Chapter Four, Genderless Pronouns

4-1: Genderless Forms of the (Personal) Pronoun – amha
4-2: Genderless Forms of the (Personal) Pronoun – tumha
4-3: Genderless Forms of the (Personal) Pronoun – vo no te me
Chapter Five, Pronouns
5-1: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – ta
5-2: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – tā
5-3: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – taṁ
5-4: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – eta
5-5: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – etā
5-6: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – etaṁ
5-7: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – a, ima
5-8: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – ā, imā
5-9: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – a, imaṁ
5-10: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – amu
5-11: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – amu
5-12: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – amuṁ
5-13: Masculine Forms of the (Relative) Pronoun – ya
5-14: Feminine Forms of the (Relative) Pronoun – yā
5-15: Neuter Forms of the (Relative) Pronoun – yaṁ
5-16: Masculine Forms of the (Interrogative) Pronoun – ka
5-17: Feminine Forms of the (Interrogative) Pronoun – kā
5-18: Neuter Forms of the (Interrogative) Pronoun – kiṁ
5-19: Masculine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – sabba
5-20: Feminine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – sabbā
5-21: Neuter Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – sabbaṁ
5-22: Masculine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – pubba
5-23: Feminine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – pubbā
5-24: Neuter Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – pubbaṁ
5-25: Forms of the Pronoun – eka
Chapter Six, The Numerals
6-1: One
6-2: Two
6-3: Three
6-4: Four
6-5: Five
6-6: Six to Ten
6-7: Eleven to Eighteen
4
Chapter Seven, The Rest of the Numbers

7-1: Nineteen
7-2: Twenty
7-3: Thirty
7-4: Forty
7-5: Fifty
7-6: Sixty
7-7: Seventy
7-8: Eighty
7-9: Ninety
7-10: Hundred
7-11: The Higher Numbers
5
Introduction
The following work is a revision of Padamañjarī (A Collection of Sentences) by
Venerable Devamitta, who was the resident Head Monk of the Sri Devarakkhita
Vihāra and the Devagutta Pirivena at Boddelgoda in Sri Lanka.1
The very great usefulness of the original book was that it didn’t simply describe the
declensions, but illustrated them with simple sentences. In a language in which
syntactic agreement between the words in the sentence is of such fundamental
importance, this has the value of showing the student not only the formal declension of
the noun, but how that form works together with the other words in the sentence to
make up a significant utterance.
In the original book Ven. Devamitta, for the most part, used as examples sentences he
had written himself. Only in the illustration of the words ka and sabba did he depart
from this procedure and quote from, or sometimes paraphrase, Pāḷi literature. These
sentences, however, made the self-written sentences seem very lifeless, and I therefore
decided to go through the text and replace Ven. Devamitta’s sentences with ones
drawn from Pāḷi literature whenever I could.2
This will give the student a better feeling, I believe, for reading the texts themselves,
though it probably takes the work out of the Primer category, and into the
Intermediate. Up to now I have only managed to replace the forms made in the
declension of the Masculine noun, therefore I am releasing this work as a kind of
preview, believing that it may be of some use even though it is not finished yet, and I
hope to complete the work at a later date.
In Ven. Devamitta’s original work only the Pāḷi sentences were included, but in
preparing this edition I thought it would be useful to include a translation, which
perhaps clarifies for the student how the words relate to each other, and I have shown
the variations in word form where they occur,3 and presented an abstract summary.
1
That work was first published in 1922, although testimonials which are included in the book
date back to 1918.
2
These sentences have been found by searching the Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana CD-ROM, and
quoting from it. I have given the references to the PTS editions though, unless otherwise stated,
and it should be borne in mind that there may be the occasional variation in the texts. This
should not detract from the value of the illustrative sentences though.
3
Ven. Devamitta only gave one form for each of the words, which was often very
misleading. For instance, when giving one form for the dative and another for the genitive, it
looked as though they are distinguished by the form, whereas the same form actually occurs in
both of the declensions. The same problem arose elsewhere when the same form occurred in
more than one of the declensions.
Introduction - 6
I have rewritten many of the sentences found in the original, corrected the sometimes
unscientific analysis, and included notes wherever it is necessary to elucidate the text.
I have also substantially rearranged the lessons and even the sequence of the last four
Chapters to follow a more logical and scientific order.
There have been so many changes and additions made to the text, its arrangement, and
the categorisation that I have retitled the work, but still at the base of this expanded
edition stands Ven. Devamitta’s original work, and this work would probably never
have taken shape without it.
In preparing this edition I have placed the historical forms of the words first in the
illustrative sentences. This I think will make it easier to see the developments that are
taking place in the language. It should be stated here though that sometimes the later
forms are the more common, especially in the Medieval phase of the language.
Even though the work has been greatly expanded, I have tried not to overburden the
text, and only the main forms are illustrated in these lessons, there are some rarer
forms that also occur, but this textbook is meant to be illustrative not comprehensive.
Once the main forms are understood, rare deviations from them will be recognized
and more complete Grammars and the Commentaries can be consulted to identify the
form.
In the noun declension the masculine form ending in -a is by far the most important,
and this should be mastered thoroughly first. It is so dominant in the language that
many of the other declensions show forms that have been assimilated to this
declension. Even neuter nouns sometimes adopt the masculine forms. And once the
masculine declension in -a is recognized it will be easy to see how the forms with other
endings decline.
When learning the declensions one of the most important things is to notice that in
Pāḷi forms often coincide, and their meaning can sometimes only be determined by
context, or with the help of a Commentary.1 In the first lesson, for instance, the
nominative plural, vocative plural (and sometimes the vocative singular also), the
instrumental and the ablative singular forms can all show -ā at the end; similarly the
accusative plural and the locative singular (-e); the instrumental and ablative plurals (-
ehi), and the genitive and dative forms in both numbers (-assa, -ānaṁ) can coincide.
The correct meaning of some of these forms can sometimes only be determined by
context. However, in the normal usage of a language2 there usually is a context, so as
long as one looks for the agreement of the words in a sentence as a whole the meaning
should become evident.3
Ānandajoti Bhikkhu
December, 2006
1
This is especially so in the verse texts, of course.
2
As opposed to its abstract representation in Grammars and the like.
3
One can’t help but think that many wrong translations of the texts could easily be avoided if
only this rule were adopted.
7
Navapadamañjarī
A New Collection of Sentences
Namo Tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa
Reverence to Him, the Gracious One, the Worthy One, the Perfect Sambuddha
Paṭhamo Paricchedo, Pulliṅganāmaṁ1

Chapter One, Masculine Nouns
1-1: A-kārantapulliṅga – Buddha

1-1: Masculine Gender with -a at the end – Buddha
Atha a-kārantapulliṅgo Buddha-saddo vuccate:
Now the Masculine Gender with -a at the end
is illustrated2 with the declinable word3 Buddha:4
Abstract:
singular: plural: case:
-o -ā nominative - paṭhamā
-a -ā -ā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -e accusative - dutiyā
-ena -ā -ehi -ebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-assa -āya -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-ā -ato -asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-assa -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-e -asmiṁ -amhi -esu locative - sattamī
1
The original work opened with the following Vaṁsaṭṭhā verse written by Ven. Devamitta:
Niruttikāyo dadhipāragaṁ Jinaṁ Visuddhadhammañ-ca Gaṇaṁ Anuttaraṁ — Tidhā namitvā,
Padamañjarī mayā karīyate bālakabuddhivuddhiyā ti. The Victorious (Buddha) who has crossed
over the ocean of the body of linguistics, The Pure Dhamma, and the Supreme Chapter (of
Monks) — Having honoured these three, the Collection of Sentences was written by me for the
development of understanding in the student.
2
Literally: spoken, but it means spoken (or written) in illustration (of the declension).
3
SED (part): śábda, m. ... (in gram.) a declinable word or a word-termination, affix Pāṇ(inī)
Sch(oliast) ...
4
This is the standard declension of the Masculine Gender in -a, that most nouns follow, e.g.
Saṅgha, Dhamma, nara, purisa, hattha, loka, kāya, suriya, canda, gāma, magga, etc. etc.
Masculine Noun Declension - 8
Sentences:
Buddho ... bodhāya Dhammaṁ deseti1 (nominative singular)
The Buddha ... teaches the Dhamma for (the attainment of) Awakening
2
Nibbānaṁ paramaṁ vadanti Buddhā (nominative plural)
Nibbāna is supreme say the Buddhas
Namo te, Buddha ... vippamuttosi sabbadhi3 (vocative singular)

Namo te, Buddhā ... vippamuttosi sabbadhi
Reverence to you, Buddha, you who are free in every way!
Bho Buddhā! Tumhe pi kho maṁ pāletha (vocative plural)

Good Buddhas! Indeed you must protect me
Vijjācaraṇasampannaṁ Buddhaṁ vandāma Gotamaṁ!4 (accusative singular)

We should worship the Buddha Gotama who has understanding and good conduct!
Atīte Buddhe5 parinibbute ... anussarissati6 (accusative plural)

He will remember past Buddhas who attained complete emancipation
Yo ve Buddhena codito, Bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhati7 (agentive instr. sing.)8

Yo ve Buddhā codito, Bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhati
I am he who, while the bhikkhu Saṅgha watched, was reproved by the Buddha,
Vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi9 ... āraññiko hoti (agentive instrumental plural)

There is one who is a forest-dweller ... because it is praised by the Buddhas
1
DN 25; III, p. 55.
2
Dhp. v. 184.
3
SN 1. v. 281
4
DN 32, v. 15 and passim.
5
-e in the accusative, -asmā, -amhā in the ablative, and -asmiṁ, -amhi in the locative singular
have arisen in imitation of the pronominal declension.
6
DN 14; II p. 10.
7
MN 50, v. 6. Codito is from codeti, a causative verb, and therefore takes the agent in the
instrumental case.
8
In the sentences the Instrumental case was divided by Ven. Devamitta into the agentive
instrumental (which is formed when the verb is either passive or causative), and the true
instrumentals. This is a useful pedagogic distinction to make, but as the form is the same in each
and every case in the abstracts they have been combined and given simply as the instrumental
case.
9
All instrumental and ablative declensions endings in -ehi, ūhi, etc, should also be understood
as taking the forms -ebhi, ūbhi, etc. as in the Abstract. To save unneccesary repetition the
variations have been omitted from the Sentences.
Buddhena seṭṭho va samo va vijjati1 (instrumental singular)

Buddhā seṭṭho va samo va vijjati
There is one better than or the same as the Buddha
Asamehi Buddhehi sīlādīhi samo ti2 (instrumental plural)

Equal with the morality and so on of the unequalled Buddhas
Asokapupphamālāhaṁ Buddhassa upanāmayiṁ3 (dative singular)

Asokapupphamālāhaṁ Buddhāya4 upanāmayiṁ
I offered a garland of Asoka flowers to the Buddha
Buddhānaṁ añjaliṁ paggayha tiṭṭhanti5 (dative plural)

They stood with their hands stretched out towards the Buddhas
Dvāsīti Buddhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto (ablative singular)

6
Dvāsīti Buddhato gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto
Dvāsīti Buddhasmā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto
Dvāsīti Buddhamhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto
82,000 I took from the Buddha, 2,000 from the monks
Buddhehi Bhagavantehi pabhā niccharati (ablative plural)

Radiance is emitted from the Buddhas, the Gracious Ones
Brahmadatto... Buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati7 (genitive singular)

Brahmadatto... Buddhāya vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati
Brahmadatta ... spoke in praise of the Buddha
Buddhānaṁ ... Dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi8 (genitive plural)

He explained the Dhamma teaching of the Buddhas
Buddhe ca Dhamme ca abhippasannā9 (locative singular)

Buddhasmiṁ ca Dhamme ca abhippasannā (locative singular)
Buddhamhi ca Dhamme ca abhippasannā (locative singular)
Completely confident in the Buddha and the Dhamma
1
Vv. 1047 (ChS).
2
BvA on Bv 38, p. 42.
3
Vv. 687 (ChS).
4
This is the form for the dative in OIA, but it is used in Pāḷi only in the Masculine declension.
5
Th.A 1, I p. 22.
6
Th. v. 1024.
7
DN 1, near the beginning.
8
Ud. 5-3.
9
DN 21; v. 13.
Buddhesu sagāravatā, Dhamme apaciti yathābhūtaṁ1 (locative plural)

Having respect towards the Buddhas, and revering the Dhamma as it is
Iti Paṭhamo Pāṭho

Such is the First Lesson
1-2: A-kārantapulliṅga – atta

1-2: Masculine Gender with -a at the end – atta
Atha a-kārantapulliṅgo atta-saddo vuccate:
Now the Masculine Gender with -a at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word atta:2
Abstract:
-ā -āno nominative - paṭhamā

-a -ā -āno vocative - (paṭhamā)
-ānaṁ -aṁ -āno accusative - dutiyā
-anā -ena -ehi -ebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-ano -assa -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-ā -to -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-ano -assa -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-ani -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Sassato attā ca loko3 (nom. sing.)
The self and the world are eternal
Attāno sukhadukkhaṁ pāpuṇanti (nom. plur.)

They themselves arrive at pleasure and pain
Bho atta! Sukhadukkhaṁ anubhosi (voc. sing.)

Bho attā! Sukhadukkhaṁ anubhosi
Good self! You experience pleasure and pain
1
Th. v. 589.
2
This form is given as attan in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as atta. Other nouns similarly declined include muddha, brahma, addha, yuva.
3
DN 1; I. p. 14.
Bho attāno! Sukhadukkhaṁ anubhotha (voc. plur.)

Good selves! You experience pleasure and pain
Attānaṁ na dade poso, attānaṁ na pariccaje1 (acc. sing.)

Attaṁ na dade poso, attānaṁ na pariccaje (acc. sing.)
A man should not give himself away, he should not abandon himself
Attāno passati Sammāsambuddho (acc. plur.)

The Perfect Sambuddha sees the selves
2
Attanā taṁ na seveyya kammabandhūhi mātiyā (agent. inst. sing.)
Attena taṁ na seveyya kammabandhūhi mātiyā
It should not be practised by oneself, for mortals are bound by action
Attanehi kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

They themselves experienced the fruit of their deeds
Attanā hi kataṁ pāpaṁ, attajaṁ attasambhavaṁ 3 (inst. sing.)

Attena hi kataṁ pāpaṁ, attajaṁ attasambhavaṁ
By oneself is evil done, it is born of self, arises from self
Attanehi bhavasukhaṁ nāma natthi (inst. plur.)

Because of the (insubstantial nature of) selves there is no happiness in continuity
4
Sukarāni asādhūni attano ahitāni ca (dat. sing.)
Sukarāni asādhūni attassa ahitāni ca
Easily done is what is not profitable or beneficial to oneself
Attānaṁ kammam-eva patiṭṭhā siyā (dat. plur.)

Deeds will surely establish themselves
Attanā pi mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Attato pi mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati
From his self great fear arises
Attanehi mahabbhayāni jāyanti (abl. plur.)

From their selves great fear is born
Attā hi attano nātho5 (gen. sing.)

Attā hi attassa nātho
The self is lord of self
1
SN 1. v. 244.
2
Th. v. 496.
3
Dhp. v. 161.
4
Dhp. v. 163.
5
Dhp. v. 160.
Attānaṁ pañcagatiyo honti (gen. plur.)

They themselves have five destinies
Dukkhaṁ mando paraloke, attani passati1

The fool sees suffering in himself in the next world
Attanesu sabbaṁ balaṁ haranti rogā (loc. plur.)

Diseases take away all strength in themselves
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

Such is the Second Lesson
1-3: A-kārantapulliṅga – Rāja

1-3: Masculine Gender with -a at the end – Rāja
A-kārantapulliṅgo Rāja-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -a at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word Rāja:2
Abstract:
-ā -āno nominative - paṭhamā

-ā -a -āno vocative - (paṭhamā)
-ānaṁ -aṁ -āno accusative - dutiyā
-ā -ena -ehi -ebhi -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-o -ino -ussa -ānaṁ -ūnaṁ -aṁ dative - catutthī
-ā -asmā -amhā -to -ehi -ebhi -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-o -ino -ussa -ānaṁ -ūnaṁ -aṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-e -ini -asmiṁ -amhi -esu -usu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Rājā aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi3 (nom. sing.)
The King addressed a certain man
4
Te bhoge Rājāno vā haranti (nom. plur.)
Or Kings take their riches away
1
Sn. v. 666.
2
This form is given as Rājan in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as Rāja.
3
Ud. 6-4.
4
MN 13; I, p. 86.
Daliddo puriso, Rāja, assaddho hoti1 (voc. sing.)

Daliddo puriso, Rājā, assaddho hoti
The man who is poor, King, without faith
Bho Rājāno! Mahājanaṁ pāletha (voc. plur.)

Good Kings! Protect the people
Brāhmaṇo Rājānaṁ Mahāvijitaṁ etad-avoca2 (acc. sing.)

Brāhmaṇo Rājaṁ Mahāvijitaṁ etad-avoca
The brahmin said this to King Great Victory
3
Ete caññe ca Rājāno (acc. plur.)
These and also other Kings
Yūpo Raññā Mahāpanādena kārāpito4 (agent. inst. sing.)

Yūpo Raññena Mahāpanādena kārāpito
The sacrificial post was made by King Mahāpanāda
Rājehi kārāpitā mahāvihārā (agent. inst. plur.)

5
Rājūhi kārāpitā mahāvihārā
The Great Monasteries were made by the Kings
Raññā mahājano sukhaṁ carati (inst. sing.)

Rājena mahājano sukhaṁ carati
Because of the King the people live happily
Bhagavā ākiṇṇo viharati ... Rājehi (inst. plur.)

6
Bhagavā ākiṇṇo viharati ... Rājūhi
The Gracious one was living surrounded ... by Kings
Rājino7 paṇṇākāraṁ deti mahājano (dat. sing.)

Rañño paṇṇākāraṁ deti mahājano
Rājussa paṇṇākāraṁ deti mahājano
The people give a present to the King
1
SN 1. v. 419.
2
DN 5; I. p. 135.
3
DN 20, v. 32.
4
DN 26; III. p. 76. Forms like raññā can only be properly explained as being originally rāj +
inā, with loss of the -i- vowel followed by assimilation: rāj-inā >> rāj-nā >> rāññā >> raññā
(same principle applies to rañño below). For a different explanation see Geiger, A Pāli
Grammar § 92.
5
Rājūhi and Rājusu below, which were given as the normal forms in the original, show
assimilation to the -ar declension.
6
Ud. 4-5, near the beginning.
7
This form is probably the original.
Rājā va hoti Rājānaṁ, Brahmā va brāhmaṇānaṁ (dat. plur.)

Rājā va hoti Raññaṁ, Brahmā va brāhmaṇānaṁ1
Rājā va hoti Rājūnaṁ, Brahmā va brāhmaṇānaṁ
He was like a King to Kings, a Brahmā to the brahmins
Raññā mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Raññasmā mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati
Raññamhā mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati
Raññato mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati
From the King great fear arises
Rājehi mahabbhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Rājūhi mahabbhayāni uppajjanti
From the Kings great fear arises
Sabbā disā anupariyanti pacārā tassa Rājino2 (gen. sing.)

Sabbā disā anupariyanti pacārā tassa Rañño
Sabbā disā anupariyanti pacārā tassa Rājussa
The King’s messengers go round in all directions
Ko ... imesaṁ dvinnaṁ Rājānaṁ mahaddhanataro? (gen. plur.)

Ko ... imesaṁ dvinnaṁ Rāññaṁ mahaddhanataro?
3
Ko ... imesaṁ dvinnaṁ Rājūnaṁ mahaddhanataro?
Which of these two Kings has the greatest wealth?
Cattāro... abbhutā dhammā Raññe Cakkavattimhi4 (loc. sing.)

Cattāro... abbhutā dhammā Rajini Cakkavattimhi
Cattāro... abbhutā dhammā Rajasmiṁ Cakkavattimhi
Cattāro... abbhutā dhammā Rajamhi Cakkavattimhi
There are four wonderful qualities in the Universal King
Rājesu mahājanā pana pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Rājusu mahājanā pana pasīdanti
Yet the people have confidence in the Kings
Iti Tatiyo Pāṭho

Such is the Third Lesson
1
DN 19; II, p. 250.
2
DN 32 v. 38.
3
Ud. 2-2, near the beginning. In Sanskrit there is a separate dual case which has been lost in
Pāḷi, where the dual has been assimilated to the plural.
4
DN 19; II p. 232.
1-4: Vanta-kārantapulliṅgu – Bhagavanta

1-4: Masculine Gender with -vanta at the end – Bhagavanta
Vanta-kārantapulliṅgo Bhagavanta-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -vanta (and -manta) at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word Bhagavanta1
Abstract:
-vā -vanto -vantā nominative - paṭhamā

-vā -vaṁ -va -vanto -vantā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-vantaṁ -vante accusative - dutiyā
-vatā -vantena -vantehi -vantebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-vato -vantassa -vataṁ -vantānaṁ dative - catutthī
-vatā -vato -vantasmā - -vantehi -vantebhi ablative - pañcamī
vantamhā
-vato -vantassa -vataṁ -vantānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-vati -vante -vantasmiṁ - -vantesu locative - sattamī
vantamhi
Sentences:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṁ viharati2 (nom. sing.)
At one time the Gracious One dwelt at Sāvatthī
Sabbe te Bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya ... abhisambujjhiṁsu3 (nom. plur.)

Sabbe te Bhagavantā pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya ... abhisambujjhiṁsu
All of those Gracious Ones, having given up the five hindrances ... attained
Awakening
Kassa nu kho, Bhagavā, subhāsitan-ti?4 (voc. sing.)

Kassa nu kho, Bhagavaṁ, subhāsitan-ti?
Kassa nu kho, Bhagava, subhāsitan-ti?
Which one, Gracious One, spoke well?
1
This form is given as Bhagavant in the modern grammars, and Bhagavantu in the Pāḷi
grammarians, and Ven. Devamitta and Ven. Devamitta gave it as part of the -a declension. It
seems preferable though, to give it as - vanta, which is the characteristic ending. Other nouns
with similar declension include: sīlavanta, hīmavanta, yasavanta. Similarly declined are nouns
like cakkhumanta, satimanta, etc., but then they decline satimā, satimanto, etc. etc.
2
DN 9, at the beginning, and passiṁ.
3
DN 16; II p. 82.
4
SN 1. v. 31 (near the end).
Bho Bhagavanto! Tumhe dīghakālaṁ pavattetha (voc. plur.)

Bho Bhagavantā! Tumhe dīghakālaṁ pavattetha (voc. plur.)
Good and Gracious Ones! You must continue for a long time
Aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantaṁ etad-avoca1 (acc. sing.)

A certain monk said this to the Gracious One
Bhagavante sakkaccaṁ paṇamāma mayaṁ (acc. plur.)

We worship the Gracious Ones respectfully
2
Vuttañ-hetaṁ Bhagavatā (agent. inst. sing.)
Vuttañ-hetaṁ Bhagavantena
This was said by the Gracious One
Vuttañ-hetaṁ Bhagavantehi (agent. inst. plur.)

This was said by the Gracious Ones
Bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi3 (inst. sing.)

Bhagavantena saddhiṁ sammodi
He rejoiced with the Gracious One
Bhagavantehi purisehi lokā sucaranti (inst. plur.)

Because of the Gracious Ones the people live happily
4
Namo Tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa (dat. sing.)
Namo Tassa Bhagavantassa Arahato Sammāsambuddhassa
Worship to Him, the Gracious One, the Worthy One, the Perfect Sambuddha
Bhagavataṁ purisānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti (dat. plur.)

Bhagavantānaṁ purisānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti
They give respect to the Gracious Ones
Bhagavatā bhayaṁ nūppajjati (abl. sing.)

Bhagavantato bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Bhagavantasmā bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Bhagavantamhā bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Fear does not arise from the Gracious One
1
Iti. 83.
2
Iti, throughout.
3
DN 3, near the end, and passim. Bhagavato, Bhagavataṁ, Bhagavatā, and Bhagavati all
show phonetic decay in the stem, with -ant- becoming -at-.
4
DN 1, at the beginning, and passim.
Bhagavantehi purisehi bhayāni nūppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fear does not arise from Gracious Ones
Bhagavato ... Suddhodano nāma Rājā pitā ahosi1 (gen. sing.)

Bhagavantassa ... Suddhodano nāma Rājā pitā ahosi
King Suddhodana was the father of the Gracious One
Bhagavataṁ ... upaṭṭhākā ahesuṁ (gen. plur.)

Bhagavantānaṁ ... upaṭṭhākā ahesuṁ2
For [all] the Gracious Ones ... there were attendents
3
Pañca ... Bhagavati Dhamme samanupassāmi (loc. sing.)
Pañca ... Bhagavante Dhamme samanupassāmi
Pañca ... Bhagavantasmiṁ Dhamme samanupassāmi
Pañca ... Bhagavantamhi Dhamme samanupassāmi
I see five things in the Gracious One’s Dhamma
Bhagavantesu sappuriso pasīdati (loc. plur.)

A good person has confidence in the Gracious Ones
Iti Catuttho Pāṭho

Such is the Fourth Lesson
1
DN 14; II, p. 52.
2
DN 16; II, p. 144.
3
MN 24; II, p. 5.
1-5: Anta-kārantapulliṅga – gacchanta

1-5: Masculine Gender with -anta at the end – gacchanta
Anta-kārantapulliṅgo gacchantu-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -anta at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word gacchanta1
Abstract:
-aṁ -anto -anto -antā nominative - paṭhamā

-aṁ -a -ā -anto -antā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-antaṁ -ante accusative - dutiyā
-atā -antena -antehi -antebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-ato -antassa -ataṁ -antānaṁ dative - catutthī
-atā -ato -antasmā - -antehi -antebhi ablative - pañcamī
antamhā
-ato -antassa -ataṁ -antānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-ati -ante -antasmiṁ - -antesu locative - sattamī
antamhi
Sentences:
Gacchaṁ ... gacchāmī ti pajānāti (nom. sing.)
Gacchanto ... gacchāmī ti pajānāti2
Going ... he knows I am going
3
Mayaṁ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā (nom. plur.)
Mayaṁ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchanto
We have great joy in going to war
Bho gaccha Yaññadatta! Tvaṁ maṁ pālaya (voc. sing.)

Bho gacchā Yaññadatta! Tvaṁ maṁ pālaya
Bho gacchaṁ Yaññadatta! Tvaṁ maṁ pālaya
Good Yaññadatta, as you go! You must protect me
Bho gacchantā Yaññadattā! Maṁ pāletha (voc. plur.)

Bho gacchanto Yaññadattā! Maṁ pāletha
Good Yaññadattas, as you go! You must protect me
1
This form is given as gacchant in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as gacchanta. All masculine present participles are declined in a similar way, such as
pacanta, passanta, caranta, haranta, dadanta.
2
DN 22; II, 292.
3
Vin. Mv.; 1.73.
Addasā ... purisaṁ ... gacchantaṁ, āturaṁ gatayobbanaṁ1 (acc. sing.)

He saw ... a man ... going, ill and no longer youthful
Gacchante yena siṁsapāvanaṁ disvā2 (acc. plur.)

Having seen them going to the Siṁsa Wood
Gacchantena rukkho pupphāni avacīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

Gacchatā rukkho pupphāni avacīyate
The one who is going gathers tree flowers
Gacchantehi rukkho pupphāni avacito (agent. inst. plur.)

The ones who are going gather tree flowers
Maggaṁ ... me gacchantena na sukaraṁ ... manasikātuṁ3 (inst. sing.)

Maggaṁ ... me gacchatā na sukaraṁ ... manasikātuṁ
Because of going on the path it wasn’t easy for me to think
Aññatitthiyasaraṇaṁ gacchantehi ayuttaṁ kataṁ4 (inst. plur.)

By going for refuge to another sect you have done an injustice
Mayhaṁ bhante tena panthena gacchato (dat. sing.)

Mayhaṁ bhante tena panthena gacchantassa5
To me, reverend Sir, while going along by that path
Tesaṁ vissamitvā gacchataṁ (dat. plur.)

Tesaṁ vissamitvā gacchantānaṁ6
To those who were going after resting
Gacchatā bhayaṁ nūppajjati (abl. sing.)

Gacchantā bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Gacchantato bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Gacchantasmā bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Gacchantamhā bhayaṁ nūppajjati
Fear does not arise from the one who is going
Gacchantehi bhayāni nūppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears do not arise from those who are going
1
DN 14; II, p. 21.
2
DN 23; II, p. 317.
3
DN 33; III, p. 257.
4
Jā. I, p. 96.
5
Ud. 8-6.
6
Vis. 12.33; p. 381.
Katī parissayā loke gacchato agataṁ disaṁ?1 (gen. sing.)

Katī parissayā loke gacchatassa agataṁ disaṁ?
How many dangers are there in the world for one going to the unvisited place?
Paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchantānaṁ ... Tapussa-Bhallikā2 (gen. plur.)

Paṭhamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchataṁ ... Tapussa-Bhallikā
Tapussa and Ballikā were the first going for refuge
Vajjanti bheriyo sabbā gacchati Lokanāyake (loc. sing.)

Vajjanti bheriyo sabbā gacchante Lokanāyake3
Vajjanti bheriyo sabbā gacchantasmiṁ Lokanāyake
Vajjanti bheriyo sabbā gacchantamhi Lokanāyake
All the drums sounded as the Leader of the World was going
Vajjanti bheriyo sabbā gacchantesu bhikkhūsu (loc. plur.)

All the drums sounded as the monks were going
Iti Pañcamo Pāṭho

Such is the Fifth Lesson
1
Sn v. 960.
2
AN 1.14.6; I, p. 25.
3
Ap. 41 v. 305; II, p. 360.
1-6: I-kārantapulliṅga – aggi

1-6: Masculine Gender with -i at the end – aggi
I-kārantapulliṅgo aggi-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -i at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word aggi1
Abstract:
-i -ayo -ī -ino nominative - paṭhamā

-i -ayo -ī vocative - (paṭhamā)
-iṁ -ayo -ī accusative - dutiyā
-inā -īhi -ībhi instrumental - tatiyā
-ino -issa -īnaṁ dative - catutthī
-inā -ito -ismā -imhā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-ino -issa -īnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-ismiṁ -imhi -īsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Na ve aggi cetayati: Ahaṁ bālaṁ ḍahāmī ti2 (nom. sing.)
A fire never thinks: I will burn a fool
Tayo aggayo: rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi (nom. plur.)

3
Tayo aggī: rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi
4
Tayo aggino: rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi
There are three fires: the fire of passion, the fire of hatred, the fire of delusion
Bho aggi! Tvaṁ sītaṁ vinodehi (voc. sing.)

Good fire! You must drive out the cold
Bho aggayo ! Tumhe sītaṁ vinodetha (voc. plur.)

Bho aggī ! Tumhe sītaṁ vinodetha
Good fires! You must drive out the cold
1
The formation of this declension is analogical to the -a declension. Similarly declined
include muni, kavi, isi, giri, pati, maṇi, rāsi, etc. etc.
2
MN 50, near the end; I, p. 338.
3
DN 33; III, 217.
4
Aggino and agginā below are analogical to the atta-type declension.
Bālo ca jalitaṁ aggiṁ āsajja naṁ sa ḍayhati1 (acc. sing.)

A fool who approaches a blazing fire burns himself
Ete aggayo ajānantā, sakkāyābhiratā pajā (acc. plur.)

Ete aggī ajānantā, sakkāyābhiratā pajā2
Not knowing these fires this generation rejoices in embodiment
Agginā koci agāro daḍḍho (agent. inst. sing.)

Someone consumed the house with fire
Aggīhi keci agārā daḍḍhā (agent. inst. plur.)

Some people consumed the houses with the fires
Agginā ḍahitvā, masiṁ kareyya3 (inst. sing.)

Having burned with fire, you can make ashes
4
Rāgādīhi aggīhi ādittaṁ (inst. plur.)
Burning with the fires of passion and so forth
Aggino upādānaṁ dadāti brāhmaṇo (dat. sing.)

Aggissa upādānaṁ dadāti brāhmaṇo
The brahmin offers fuel to the fire
Aggīnaṁ upādānaṁ dadanti brāhmaṇā (dat. plur.)

The brahmins offer fuel to the fire
Agginā vā udakato vā mithubhedato vā ti (abl. sing.)

Aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedato vā5 ti
Aggismā vā udakato vā mithubhedato vā ti
Aggimhā vā udakato vā mithubhedato vā ti
From fire, from water, or from the breaking of an alliance
Aggīhi dhūmā pi apenti niccaṁ (abl. plur.)

Smoke always arises from fires
Kaṭṭhaṁ aggino vatthu hoti upādānaṁ (gen. sing.)

Kaṭṭhaṁ aggissa vatthu hoti upādānaṁ6
Firewood is the basis and fuel for fire
1
MN 50, near the end; I, p. 338.
2
Iti. 93.
3
SN 35.246; IV, p. 189.
4
Vis. XVI, p. 508.
5
Ud. 8.6.
6
Mil. 96.
Siyā nu kho tesaṁ aggīnaṁ ... kiñci nānākaraṇaṁ?1 (gen. plur.)

Can there be any difference between these fires?
Pañcime ... ādīnavā aggismiṁ2 (loc. sing.)

Pañcime ... ādīnavā aggimhi
There are these five ... dangers in fire
Aggīsu pakkhittassa kesassa gandhaṁ ghāyitvā3 (loc. plur.)

Having smelt the smell of a hair thrown into the flames
Iti Chaṭṭho Pāṭho

Such is the Sixth Lesson
1-7: I-kārantapulliṅga – ādi

1-7: Masculine Gender with -i at the end – ādi
I-kārantapulliṅgo ādi-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -i at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word ādi
Abstract:
-i -ayo nominative - paṭhamā

-i -ī vocative - (paṭhamā)
-iṁ -ayo accusative - dutiyā
-inā -ini -ito -ismā imhā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-ismiṁ -imhi -o -īsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Ādi sīlaṁ patiṭṭhā ca, kalyāṇānañ-ca mātukaṁ4 (nom. sing.)
The beginning is morality, which is the establishment and originator of (all that is)
good
1
MN 90; II, p. 130.
2
AN III, p. 255.
3
Khp.A. p. 72.
4
Th. v. 612.
Caṅkī ti ādayo pañca pi janā Rañño ... purohitā eva1 (nom. plur.)
Caṅki and the others were five chaplains of the King
Bho ādi! Tvaṁ dīghakālaṁ pavattehi (voc. sing.)

Good beginning! You must continue for a long time
Bho ādī! Tumhe dīghakālaṁ pavattetha (voc. plur.)

Good beginnings! You must continue for a long time
Addasā ... ādiṁ upādānassa Kappiyo2 (acc. sing.)

Kappiya saw the beginning of attachment
Ādayo passati bhikkhusaṅgho ca (acc. plur.)

The Community of monks see the beginnings
Ādinā parisuddhena pana bhūyate (agent. inst. sing.)

He develops with complete purity and so on
Ādīhi parisuddhehi pana bhūyate (agent. inst. plur.)

He develops with complete purity and so on
Evaṁ ādinā nayena upekkhāpāramī paccavekkhitabbā3 (inst. sing.)

The perfection of equanimity is to be reflected on thus with this method and so on
4
Ādīhi suttapadehi dīpetabbo ti (inst. plur.)
It is to be explained with these lines from the discourses and so on
Ādino koci upakaraṇaṁ deti (dat. sing.)

Ādissa koci upakaraṇaṁ deti
Someone gives help at the beginning
Ādīnaṁ keci upakaraṇaṁ denti (dat. plur.)

Some people give help at the beginning
Dhammānaṁ ādinā samudāgamanaṁ paññāyati (abl. sing.)

Dhammānaṁ ādini samudāgamanaṁ paññāyati
Dhammānaṁ ādito samudāgamanaṁ paññāyati5
Dhammānaṁ ādismā samudāgamanaṁ paññāyati
Dhammānaṁ ādimhā samudāgamanaṁ paññāyati
It is known as arising from the beginning of the Dhamma
1
MA to MN 98, near the beginning.
2
Sn. v. 358.
3
DA I, 108.
4
UdA end of comm. on Ud. 2-5.
5
CNidd. comm. on Ajitasuttaṁ, v. 2, near the end.
Ādīhi bhikkhusaṅgho apeti (abl. plur.)

The Community of monks falls away from the beginning
Ādino jammanaṁ brūhi gottaṁ (gen. sing.)

Ādissa jammanaṁ brūhi gottaṁ1
Speak of his birth and lineage and so on
Ādīnaṁ upakārikāyo pi honti (gen. plur.)

They are the benefactresses from the beginning
Olokento ādismiṁ vā majjhe vā pariyosāne (loc. sing.)

Olokento ādimhi vā majjhe vā pariyosāne
Olokento ādo2 vā majjhe vā pariyosāne
Looking at the beginning, the middle, or the end
Ādīsu Sammāsambuddhe3 (loc. plur.)

About the Perfect Sambuddha and so forth
Iti Sattamo Pāṭho

Such is the Seventh Lesson
1-8: Ī-kārantapulliṅga – hatthī

1-8: Masculine Gender with -ī at the end – hatthī
Ī-kārantapulliṅgo hatthī-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -ī at the end
4
is illustrated with the declinable word hatthī
1
Sn. v. 1017.
2
Mil. p. 10. This form has arisen from the dual form, given in Sanskrit as adau.
3
Iti. A, I. p. 117.
4
This form is given as daṇḍin in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as daṇḍī. Similarly declined include: hatthī, sāmī, seṭṭhī, sukhī, bhogī, etc. etc. The
declension is thought of as adjectival, and is also treated as part of the neuter declension at 3.6
below.
Abstract:
-ī -ino -ī nominative - paṭhamā

-ī -ino -ī vocative - (paṭhamā)
-inaṁ -iṁ -ino -ī accusative - dutiyā
-inā īto -ismā -imhā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-ini -ismiṁ -imhi -īsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Ediso, jaccandhā, hatthī 1 (nom. sing.)
Such, blind men, is an elephant
2
Sataṁ hatthī sataṁ assā, sataṁ assatarīrathā (nom. plur.)
Sataṁ hatthino sataṁ assā, sataṁ assatarīrathā
A hundred elephants, a hundred horses, a hundred mule-drawn chariots
Bho hatthī! Maggaṁ gacchehi (voc. sing.)

O elephant! You must go along the road
Bho hatthino! Maggaṁ gacchetha (voc. plur.)

Bho hatthī! Maggaṁ gacchetha
O elephants! You must go along the road
3
Jaccandhānaṁ hatthiṁ dassehī ti (acc. sing.)
Jaccandhānaṁ hatthinaṁ dassehī ti
Show an elephant to those congenitally blind.
Hatthino asse ca yojentu rathaṁ (acc. plur.)

Hatthī asse ca yojentu rathaṁ4
You must harness horses and elephants to the chariot
Rathaṁ setena hatthinā nīyati (agent. inst. sing.)

The chariot is led out by the white elephant
1
Ud. 6-4.
2
SN 1. v. 837.
3
Ud. 6-4.
4
Jā. 532; V, p. 319.
Rathe setehi hatthīhi nīyati (agent. inst. plur.)

The chariots are led out by the white elephants
Caṇḍena pi hatthinā samāgacchati1 (inst. sing.)

He meets with a wild elephant
Hatthināgo ākiṇṇo viharati hatthīhi2 (inst. plur.)

A Nāga elephant was living beset by elephants
So hatthissa ce pi pahāraṁ deti3 (dat. sing.)

So hatthino ce pi pahāraṁ deti
If he gives a blow to an elephant
Hatthīnaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati4 (dat. plur.)

He will be reborn amongst the elephants
Hatthinā oruyha ... idaṁ gāthā dvayam-āha (abl. sing.)

Hatthito oruyha ... idaṁ gāthā dvayam-āha
Hatthismā oruyha ... idaṁ gāthā dvayam-āha
5
Hatthimhā oruyha ... idaṁ gāthā dvayam-āha
Having descended from the elephant ... he spoke these two verses
Caṇdehi hatthīhi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from wild elephants
Īsādantassa hatthino ... cittaṁ6 (gen. sing.)

Īsādantassa hatthissa ... cittaṁ
The pole-toothed elephant’s ... mind
Na tattha hatthīnaṁ bhūmi7 (gen. plur.)

There is no ground there for elephants
Hatthini vā assasmiṁ vā ... anavayo (loc. sing.)

8
Hatthismiṁ vā assasmiṁ vā ... anavayo
Hatthimhi vā assasmiṁ vā ... anavayo
Not lacking in an elephant or a horse
1
MN 76; I, p. 519.
2
Ud. 4-5.
3
AN III, p. 121.
4
AN V, p. 268.
5
Jā. 231; II, p. 222.
6
Ud. 4-5.
7
SN 1, v. 443.
8
AN III, p. 152.
Hatthīsi vā assesu vā ... anavayo1 (loc. plur.)

Not lacking in elephants or horses
Iti Aṭṭhamo Pāṭho

Such is the Eighth Lesson
1-9: U-kārantapulliṅgo – bhikkhu

1-9: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – bhikkhu
U-kārantapulliṅgo bhikkhu-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -u at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word bhikkhu2
Abstract:
-u -ū -avo nominative - paṭhamā

-u -ū -avo (-ave) vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -ū -avo accusative - dutiyā
-unā -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-uno -ussa -ūnaṁ dative - catutthī
-unā -uto -usmā -umhā -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-uno -ussa -ūnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-usmiṁ -umhi -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
3
Sato bhikkhu paribbaje (nom. sing.)
A mindful monk should wander forth
Te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ4 (nom. plur.)

Te bhikkhavo bhagavato paccassosuṁ
Those monks replied to the Gracious One
Paṭibhātu taṁ, bhikkhu, dhammo bhāsituṁ5 (voc. sing.)

Let it occur to you, monk, to speak on Dhamma
1
Based on the above.
2
Similarly declined include: garu, bandhu, pasu, sindhu, sattu, setu, etc. etc.
3
SN 1 v. 49.
4
DN 14, near the beginning, and passim.
5
Ud. 5-6.
Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhū pajahatha (voc. plur.)

Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhavo, pajahatha
1
Ekadhammaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha
There is one thing, monks, you should abandon
Bhagavā aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi2 (acc. sing.)

The Gracious One addressed a certain monk
Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi3 (acc. plur.)

Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhavo āmantesi
While sitting the Gracious One addressed the monks
4 5
Bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)
Thus should it be reflected on by a monk
Tehi bhikkhūhi vuccamāno6 (agent. inst. plur.)

Being spoken to by those monks
Kathaṁrūpena ... bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṁ sobheyya?7 (inst. sing.)

By what kind of monk would the Gosiṅga Sāla Wood be beautified?
Sambahulehi bhikkhūhi ... aññā byākatā hoti8 (inst. plur.)

Final knowledge had been declared ... by a great many monks
Aññatarassa bhikkhuno ... parivitakko udapādi9 (dat. sing.)

Aññatarassa bhikkhussa10 ... parivitakko udapādi
A thought arose ... to a certain monk
Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etad-ahosi...11 (dat. plur.)

Then this occurred to the monks...
1
Iti. 1. Bhikkhave is a so-called Magadhism, perhaps fossilised from the popular language, the
form only occurs with this word.
2
DN 16, and passim.
3
DN 1, and passim.
4
Bhikkhunā and bhikkhuno below probably arise through analogy with the atta-type
declension.
5
MN 151; III, p. 294.
6
SN 20.10; II, p. 270.
7
MN 32; 1, p. 212.
8
MN 105, near the beginning; II, 252.
9
DN 11; 1, p. 215.
10
This form is an analogical formation after the -a declension.
11
Vin. Mv. 1; I, p. 91 and passim.
Dvāsīti Buddhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhunā (ablative singular)

Dvāsīti Buddhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto1
Dvāsīti Buddhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhusmā
Dvāsīti Buddhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhumhā
82,000 I took from the Buddha, 2,000 from the monks
Bhikkhūhi saggaṁ labheyyuṁ sappurisā (abl. plur.)

From the monks the good men can attain heaven
Suññāgāraṁ paviṭṭhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno2 (gen. sing.)

Suññāgāraṁ paviṭṭhassa, santacittassa bhikkhussa
For a monk with peaceful mind who has entered an empty place
3
Bhikkhūnaṁ imaṁ saṅkhiyadhammaṁ viditvā... (gen. plur.)
Having understood this thought of the monks...
Bhikkhusmiṁ mātugāmassa rāgavasena (loc. sing.)

Bhikkhumhi mātugāmassa rāgavasena4
Because of passion for a woman in monks
Coro Aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti (loc. plur.)

The brigand Aṅgulimāla had gone forth amongst the monks
Iti Navamo Pāṭho

Such is the Ninth Lesson
1
Th. v. 1024.
2
Dhp. v. 373.
3
DN 1; I, p. 2.
4
Vin. A. III, p. 538.
1-10: U-kārantapulliṅgo – jantu

1-10: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – jantu
U-kārantapulliṅgo jantu-saddo vuccate
is illustrated with the declinable word jantu
Abstract:
-u -uno -avo nominative - paṭhamā

-u -avo -ave vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -ū -avo accusative - dutiyā
Sentences:
Kāmesu so jantu kathaṁ nameyya?1 (nom. sing.)
How can a person incline to sensual pleasures?
Jantuno Devadatte kaṭe kārāpenti (nom. plur.)

Jantavo Devadatte kaṭe kārāpenti
The men made the Devadattas do the deeds
Bho jantu! Tvam-pi Devadattaṁ kaṭaṁ kāresi (voc. sing.)

Good man! You must make Devadatta do the deed
Bho jantuno! Devadatte kaṭe kāretha (voc. plur.)

Bho jantavo! Devadatte kaṭe kāretha
Good men! You must make the Devadattas do the deeds
Paṁsukūladharaṁ jantuṁ ... tam-ahaṁ brūmi brāhmaṇaṁ2 (acc. sing.)

A person wearing cemetary clothes ... him I call a brahmin
Sabbe jantū, sabbe jīvā, ti ādīni sabbasattavevacanāni atthi 3 (acc. plur.)

All creatures, all living beings, and so on are synonyms for all beings
1
SN 1. p. 488.
2
Dhp. v. 395.
3
Vis. IX.55; p. 311.
Jantunā puriso vihāraṁ vihāre vā kārāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The person makes the man build the dwelling place, or dwelling places
Kātabbā metti jantūhi1 (agent. inst. plur.)

Friendliness should be practiced by people
Alaṁ vāyamituṁ tattha attakāmena jantunā2 (inst. sing.)

Enough to strive for there by people with love of self
Jantūhi ariyehi ye keci sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti (inst. plur.)

Because of noble persons there are some who attain happiness
Jantuno ariyassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavanto (dat. sing.)

Jantussa3 ariyassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavanto
The wealthy man gives wealth to the noble person
Desetvā madhuraṁ Dhammaṁ jantūnaṁ4 (dat. plur.)

After teaching the sweet Dhamma to people
Jantunāriyamhā antaradhāyati yo koci (abl. sing.)

Jantunato ariyamhā antaradhāyati yo koci
Jantunasmāriyamhā antaradhāyati yo koci
Jantunamhāriyamhā antaradhāyati yo koci
There is someone who departs from the noble person
Jantūhi ariyehi antaradhāyanti ye keci (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from the noble persons
Musāvādissa jantuno ... natthi pāpaṁ akāriyaṁ5 (gen. sing.)

Musāvādissa jantussa ... natthi pāpaṁ akāriyaṁ
For a person who speaks falsely ... there is no evil that cannot be done
Jantūnaṁ sakalānaṁ pañcagatiyo honti (gen. plur.)

There are the five destinies for all persons
Jantusmiṁ ariye yo koci pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Jantumhi ariye yo koci pasīdati
There is someone who has confidence in the noble person
1
Ras. 3 v. 5.
2
AN IV, p. 227.
3
Jantussa here and below is an analogical formation after the -a declension.
4
Jin-c 467.
5
Dhp. v. 176.
Jantūsu ariyesu ye keci pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

There are some who have confidence in noble persons
Iti Dasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Tenth Lesson
1-11: U-kārantapulliṅgo – Satthu

1-11: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – Satthu
U-kārantapulliṅgo Satthu-saddo vuccate
is illustrated with the declinable word Satthu1
Abstract:
-ā -āro nominative - paṭhamā

-ā -a -āro vocative - (paṭhamā)
-āraṁ -āre -āro accusative - dutiyā
-arā -ārā -unā -ārehi -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-u -uno -ussa -ānaṁ -ārānaṁ dative - catutthī
-ārā -ārehi -ārebhi ablative - pañcamī
-u -uno -ussa -ānaṁ -ārānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-i -aresu -āresu -usu -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
2
Satthā Devamanussānaṁ Buddho Bhagavā (nom. sing.)
The Teacher of Devas and men, the Buddha, the Gracious One
3
Tayo ... satthāro ye loke codanārahā (nom. plur.)
Three ... teachers in the world are blameworthy
Bho Satthā! Tvaṁ sadevakaṁ lokaṁ pālaya (voc. sing.)

Bho Sattha! Tvaṁ sadevakaṁ lokaṁ pālaya
Good Teacher! You must protect the world together with its Devas
1
This form is given as Satthar in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as Satthu. Other agent nouns are similarly declined such as: netu, dātu, kattu, etc. etc.
2
DN 2; I. p. 48 and passim.
3
DN 12; I. p. 229.
Bho Satthāro! Sadevakaṁ lokaṁ pāletha (voc. plur.)

Good Teachers! You must protect the world together with its Devas
Anomanāmaṁ Satthāraṁ taṁ namassāmi1 (acc. sing.)

I worship that Teacher having the supreme name (Buddha)
Taṁ kiṁ maññatha ... ime satta satthāre...?2 (acc. plur.)

Taṁ kiṁ maññatha ... ime satta satthāro...?
What do you think ... of these seven teachers...?
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, Sattharā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

3
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, Satthārā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, Satthunā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ
Whatever, monks, should be done by a Teacher for his disciples
4
Samalehi chahi satthārehi cintito (agent. inst. plur.)
Samalehi chahi satthūhi cintito
Thought up by the six impure teachers
Sattharā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṁ patto (inst. sing.)

Satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṁ patto5
Satthunā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṁ patto
With the help of the Teacher the disciple attained great powers
Chahi satthārehi saddhiṁ Devadatto6 (inst. plur.)

Chahi satthūhi saddhiṁ Devadatto
Devadatta, together with the six teachers
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi Satthu (dat. sing.)

7
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi Satthuno
8
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi Satthussa
To the Teacher a very strong sickness arose
Imesaṁ satthānaṁ ādimajjhaṁ dissati9 (dat. plur.)

Imesaṁ satthārānaṁ ādimajjhaṁ dissati
The beginning and the middle is seen by these teachers
1
SN 1 v. 927.
2
AN IV. p. 136.
3
MN 9, near the end, and passim.
4
SA I, p. 199. Satthārehi, Satthārānaṁ, and Satthāresu are apparently formed by analogy,
Geiger writes that as kammāraṁ:kammāra- so Satthāraṁ:Satthāra- (Geiger §90).
5
SN 21.1; vol. II, p. 274.
6
AA II, p. 27.
7
Ud. 8-5.
8
Satthussa here and below is analogical from the -a declension.
9
SnA I p. 327.
Satthārā parājenti aññatitthiyā (abl. sing.)

Through the Teacher adherents of other faiths suffer defeat
Satthārehi charaṁsiyo niccharanti (abl. plur.)

From the Teachers six rays (of light) are emitted
Satthu no Gandhakuṭiṁ gopayanto ... vasāma Vajjībhūmiyaṁ (gen. sing.)

Satthuno no Gandhakuṭiṁ gopayanto ... vasāma Vajjībhūmiyaṁ
Satthussa no Gandhakuṭiṁ gopayanto ... vasāma Vajjībhūmiyaṁ1
Guarding our Teacher’s Fragrant Chamber ... we dwell in the Vajjis’ land
Imesaṁ ... tiṇṇaṁ satthānaṁ ekā niṭṭhā udāhu puthu niṭṭhā ti? (gen. plur.)
Imesaṁ ... tiṇṇaṁ satthārānaṁ ekā niṭṭhā udāhu puthu niṭṭhā ti?2
Is there one end for these three teachers or many ends?
3
Satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati (loc. sing.)
Doubt and uncertainty regarding the Teacher
Sattharesu bhatti bhavabhave atthu (loc. plur.)

Satthāresu bhatti bhavabhave atthu
Satthusu bhatti bhavabhave atthu
Satthūsu bhatti bhavabhave atthu
Let devotion in the Teachers develop more and more
Iti Ekādasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Eleventh Lesson
1
Mhv. IV, v. 32.
2
AN I. p. 277.
3
Dhs. p. 183.
1-12: U-kārantapulliṅgo – nattu

1-12: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – nattu
U-kārantapulliṅgo nattu-saddo vuccate
is illustrated with the declinable word nattu1
Abstract:
-ā -āro nominative - paṭhamā

-ā -a -āro vocative - (paṭhamā)
-āraṁ -āre -āro accusative - dutiyā
-ārā -ārehi -ārebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-u -uno -ussa -ārānaṁ -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-ārā -ārehi -ārebhi ablative - pañcamī
-u -uno -ussa -ārānaṁ -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-i -āresu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Visākhāya Migāramātuyā nattā kālakatā hoti2 (nom. sing.)
Then at that time Migāra’s mother Visākhā’s grandchild had died
Nattāro suṇisā putto Rājā Devī ca ekato3 (nom. plur.)

The grandsons, daugthers-in-law, children, King and Queen were all on one side
Bho nattā! Tvam-pi sippaṁ uggaṇhāhi (voc. sing.)

Bho natta!4 Tvam-pi sippaṁ uggaṇhāhi
Good grandchild! You must learn a craft
Bho nattāro! Tumhe sippāni uggaṇhātha (voc. plur.)

Good grandchildren! You must learn (some) crafts
Bhikkhū ... Visākhāya Migāramātuyā nattāraṁ etad-avocuṁ (acc. sing.)

The monks ... said this to Migāra’s mother Visākhā’s grandchild
1
This form is given as nattar in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as nattu. Nattu is unusual in that it follows the agent noun declesion like Satthu above,
and is unlike the normal relationship nouns, like pitu, which has short vowel in this position.
2
Ud. 8-8.
3
Jā. 547; VI, p. 587.
4
This is an analogical form, along the lines of vadhū (nom.) > vadhu (voc.).
Iccheyyāsi tvaṁ ... putte ca nattāre ca? (acc. plur.)

Iccheyyāsi tvaṁ ... putte ca nattāro ca?1
Would you like ... children and grandchildren?
Nattārā rukkho pupphāni avacīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The tree flowers are gathered by the grandchild
Nattārehi rukkho pupphāni avacito (agent. inst. plur.)

The tree flowers were gathered by the grandchildren
Nattārā pitāmaho sukhī jāto (inst. sing.)

Because of the grandchild the grandfather became happy
Alaṁ me ... puttehi ca nattārehi cā2 (inst. plur.)

I have had enough ... with children and grandchildren
Nattu khettavatthuṁ dadāti pitāmaho (dat. sing.)

Nattuno khettavatthuṁ dadāti pitāmaho
Nattussa3 khettavatthuṁ dadāti pitāmaho
The grandfather gave grounds and fields to the grandchild
Nattārānaṁ khettavatthuṁ dadanti pitāmahā (dat. plur.)

Nattānaṁ khettavatthuṁ dadanti pitāmahā
The grandfathers gave grounds and fields to the grandchildren
Nattārā pitāmaho apeto hoti (abl. sing.)

The grandfather went away from the grandchild
Nattārehi pitāmaho apeto hoti (abl. plur.)

The grandfather went away from the grandchildren
Nattu vatthābharaṇaṁ pana hoti (gen. sing.)

Nattuno vatthābharaṇaṁ pana hoti
Nattussa vatthābharaṇaṁ pana hoti
This is the grandchild’s cloth and an ornament
Nattārānaṁ kho pana vatthābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

Nattānaṁ kho pana vatthābharaṇāni honti
These are the grandchildrens’ clothes and an ornaments
Nattari yo koci pitāmaho nappasīdati (loc. sing.)

There is some grandfather who has no confidence in (their) grandchild
1
Ud. 8-8.
2
Ud. 8-8.
3
Nattussa here and below is analogical from the -a declension.
Nattāresu ye keci pitāmahā nappasīdanti (loc. plur.)

There are some grandfathers who have no confidence in (their) grandchildren
Iti Dvādasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Twelth Lesson
1-13: U-kārantapulliṅgo – pitu

1-13: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – pitu
U-kārantapulliṅgo pitu-saddo vuccate
is illustrated with the declinable word pitu1
Abstract:
-ā -aro nominative - paṭhamā

-ā -a -aro vocative - (paṭhamā)
-araṁ -are -aro accusative - dutiyā
-arā -arehi -arebhi -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-u -uno -ussa -arānaṁ -ūnaṁ -unnaṁ dative - catutthī
-arā -arehi -arebhi -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-u -uno -ussa -arānaṁ -ūnaṁ -unnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-i -aresu -usu -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Mayhaṁ ... Suddhodano nāma Rājā pitā ahosi2 (nom. sing.)
My ... father was the King named Suddhodana
3
Pitaro ca me āsuṁ Pitāmahā ca saddhā (nom. plur.)
My fathers and Grandfathers were faithful
Bho pitā! Tvam-pi bhojanaṁ puttassa bhojehi (voc. sing.)

Bho pita! Tvam-pi bhojanaṁ puttassa bhojehi
Good Father! You must feed food to the child
1
This form is given as pitar in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as pitu. Similarly declined are other relationship nouns, like bhātu and bhattu, etc. etc.
2
DN 14; PTS, II p. 7.
3
Jā. 444; IV, p. 34.
Bho pitaro! Tumhe bhojanaṁ puttānaṁ bhojetha (voc. plur.)

Good Fathers! You must feed food to the children
Mātaraṁ pitaraṁ hantvā ... anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo1 (acc. sing.)

Having slaughtered Mother and Father ... a brahmin carries on untroubled
Natthi devapitare vā, kuto mātā kuto pitā? (acc. plur.)

Natthi deva pitaro vā, kuto mātā kuto pitā?2
There are no fathers gone to the gods, how then Mother or Father?
Etaṁ pāpakammaṁ neva ... na Pitarā kataṁ3 (agent. inst. sing.)

This evil action was not ... done by your Father
[Assamedho] amhākaṁ pitarehi pitāmahehi ... yajitabbaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

[Assamedho] amhākaṁ pitūhi pitāmahehi ... yajitabbaṁ4
[The horse sacrifice] was not to be sacrificed ... by our Fathers and Grandfathers
Pitā pi Puttena vivadati, putto pi Pitarā vivadati5 (inst. sing.)

Father disputes with Son, Son disputes with Father
Pitarehi bhaginiyo sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti (inst. plur.)

Pitūhi bhaginiyo sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti
Because of the father the sisters attains happiness
Pitu Dhamme desiyamāne ... āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci (dat. sing.)

Pituno Dhamme desiyamāne ... āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci6
Pitussa7 Dhamme desiyamāne ... āsavehi cittaṁ vimucci
While Dhamma was being taught to his Father ... his heart was freed from the
pollutants
Dassāmi dānaṁ pitarānaṁ pitāmahānaṁ (dat. plur.)

8
Dassāmi dānaṁ pitūnaṁ pitāmahānaṁ
Dassāmi dānaṁ pitunnaṁ pitāmahānaṁ
I will give a gift to my Fathers and Grandfathers
Pitarā antaradhāyāti putto (abl. sing.)

The child departs from the father
1
Dhp. v. 294.
2
Jā. 545; VI, p. 225.
3
MN 130, III, p. 179.
4
AA III, p. 82.
5
MN 80; II, 120.
6
Vin. Mv. I, p. 16.
7
This form has arisen through analogy with the -a declension.
8
Pv. 249. Pitūnaṁ and pitunnaṁ are variant spellings of the same word.
Pitarehi antaradhāyanti puttā (abl. plur.)

Pitūhi antaradhāyanti puttā
The children depart from the fathers
Pitu ca sā sutvāna vākyaṁ rattiṁ nikkhamma (gen. sing.)

Pituno ca sā sutvāna vākyaṁ rattiṁ nikkhamma1
Pitussa ca sā sutvāna vākyaṁ rattiṁ nikkhamma
Having heard her Father’s words, she went forth at night
Pitarānaṁ sippaṁ dassetvā ... paṇṇāni pahiṇiṁsu (gen. plur.)

Pitūnaṁ sippaṁ dassetvā ... paṇṇāni pahiṇiṁsu2
Pitunnaṁ sippaṁ dassetvā ... paṇṇāni pahiṇiṁsu
Having seen their fathers’ crafts ... they sent letters
So kira pitari mate paridevamāno vicarati3 (loc. sing.)

On the death of his father, it seems, he went about lamenting
So kira pitaresu matesu paridevamāno vicaranti (loc. plur.)

So kira pitūsu matesu paridevamāno vicaranti
So kira pitusu matesu paridevamāno vicaranti
On the death of their fathers, it seems, they went about lamenting
Iti Terasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Thirteenth Lesson
1
Jā. 546, VI, p. 266.
2
Jā. 537, V, p. 456.
3
Jā. 352, III, p. 155. The plural example below is based on this.
1-14: u-kārantapulliṅgo – bhātu

1-14: Masculine Gender with -u at the end – bhātu
U-kārantapulliṅgo bhātu-saddo vuccate
is illustrated with the declinable word bhātu1
Abstract:

-ā -a -aro vocative - (paṭhamā)
-araṁ -are -aro accusative - dutiyā
-arā -arehi -arebhi -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-u -uno -ussa -arānaṁ -ūnaṁ -unnaṁ dative - catutthī
-arā -arehi -arebhi -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-u -uno -ussa -arānaṁ -ūnaṁ -unnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-i -aresu -usu -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Samaṇaṁ ... bhātā vandanti naṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ2 (nom. sing.)
A brother worships an ascetic when well established
Bhātaro honti me ludda, sodariyā3 (nom. plur.)

My brothers are hunters, born of the same mother
Bho bhātā! Tvam-pi kusalaṁ karohi (voc. sing.)

Bho bhāta! Tvam-pi kusalaṁ karohi
Good brother! You also must do a good thing
Bho bhātaro! Tumhe kusalāni karotha (voc. plur.)

Good brothers! You must do good things
Yo ... bhātaraṁ ... hanti roseti vācāya4 (acc. sing.)

He who ... strikes or annoys with words ... his brother
1
This form is given as bhattar in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as bhattu.
2
SN 1 v. 254.
3
Jā. 501; IV, p. 417.
4
Sn. v. 125.
Bhātare1 kusalāni kamme kārayanti pubbajā (acc. plur.)

Bhātaro kusalāni kamme kārayanti pubbajā
Those elders made their brothers do good deeds
Etaṁ pāpakammaṁ neva ... na bhātarā kataṁ2 (agent. inst. sing.)

This evil action was not ... done by your brother
Bhātarehi saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

Bhātūhi saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpito
The Saṅgha was served food by the brothers
3
Bhātarā pi bhaginiyā vivadati, bhaginī pi bhātarā vivadati (inst. sing.)
Brother disputes with sister, and sister disputes with brother
Mayam-pi bhātarehi saddhiṁ gacchāma (inst. plur.)

Mayam-pi bhātūhi saddhiṁ gacchāma4
We go together with our brothers
Eko bhātu ... kathetuṁ vaṭṭati (dat. sing.)

Eko bhātuno ... kathetuṁ vaṭṭati
5
Eko bhātussa ... kathetuṁ vaṭṭati
It is correct to speak ... to one brother
Māheva me bhātarānaṁ upasaggo ahosi (dat. plur.)

Māheva me bhātānaṁ upasaggo ahosi
Māheva me bhātunnaṁ upasaggo ahosi6
There is a great danger to my brothers
Bhātarā antaradhāyati bhaginī pi (abl. sing.)

The sister departs from the brother
Bhātarehi antaradhāyanti bhaginiyo (abl. plur.)

Bhātūhi antaradhāyanti bhaginiyo
The sisters depart from the brothers
So pi jeṭṭhassa bhātu vacanaṁ sampaṭicchiya (gen. sing.)

So pi jeṭṭhassa bhātuno vacanaṁ sampaṭicchiya
7
So pi jeṭṭhassa bhātussa vacanaṁ sampaṭicchiya
He accepted his elder brother’s word
1
Bhate and bhātussa below are derived by analogy with the -a declension.
2
MN 130, III, p. 179.
3
MN 13, I, p. 86.
4
DA I, p. 259.
5
Jā. 542; VI, p. 129.
6
Vin. Mv. 1. p. 33.
7
Mhv. LXIII, v. 3.
Mātā ca tiṇṇaṁ bhātarānaṁ Jayabāhu ca bhūmipo (gen. plur.)

Mātā ca tiṇṇaṁ bhātānaṁ Jayabāhu ca bhūmipo
1
Mātā ca tiṇṇaṁ bhātunnaṁ Jayabāhu ca bhūmipo
The Mother of the three brothers and Prince Jayabāhu
Bhaginiyā pi bhātari tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati2 (loc. sing.)

There will be string hatred present in the brother towards the sister
[So] ... tesu bhātaresu sabbesu puññāpaññādhiko ahu (loc. plur.)

[So] ... tesu bhātusu sabbesu puññāpaññādhiko ahu
[So] ... tesu bhātūsu sabbesu puññāpaññādhiko ahu3
He ... was superior amongst all his brothers in merit and wisdom
Iti Cuddasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Fourteenth Lesson
1-15: Ū-kārantapulliṅgo – Abhibhū

1-15: Masculine Gender with -ū at the end – Abhibhū
Ū-kārantapulliṅgo Abhibhū-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -ū at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word Abhibhū4
Abstract:
-ū -ū -uno nominative - paṭhamā

-ū -ū -uno vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -unaṁ -ū -uno -uvo accusative - dutiyā
-unā -to -usmā -umhā -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
1
Mhv. LXI, v. 27.
2
DN III, p. 72.
3
Mhv. XI, v. 6.
4
Similarly declined are: vidū, pāragū, vedagū, abhijjhālū, aviddasū, sayambhū, & vessabhū.
Sentences:
Aham-asmi Brahmā Mahābrahmā Abhibhū1 (nom. sing.)
I am Brahmā, the Great Brahmā, the Conqueror
2
Keci Abhibhū nāma sahasso Brahmā (nom. plur.)
Keci Abhibhuno nāma sahasso Brahmā
Some thousands of Brahmās known as Conquerors
Bho Abhibhū! Dhammaṁ desehi (voc. sing.)

Good Conqueror! You must give a Dhamma Teaching
Bho Abhibhū! Dhammaṁ desetha (voc. plur.)

Bho Abhibhuno! Dhammaṁ desetha
Good Conquerors! You must give a Dhamma Teaching
Sikhī Bhagavā ... Abhibhuṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi3 (acc. sing.)

Sikhī Bhagavā ... Abhibhunaṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi
The Gracious One Sikhī ... addresses the monk named Abhibhū
Abhibhū sirasā namāma mayaṁ (acc. plur.)

Abhibhuno sirasā namāma mayaṁ
Abhibhuvo sirasā namāma mayaṁ
With our heads we venerate the Conquerors
Abhibhunā Dhammo desito (agent. inst. sing.)

The Dhamma was taught by the Conqueror
Abhibhūhi Dhammā desitā (agent. inst. plur.)

The Dhamma was taught by the Conquerors
Abhibhunā ... saddhiṁ ... nisīditvā, Pātimokkhaṁ uddisi (inst. sing.)

Having sat ... with ... Abhibhū, he recited the Pātimokkha
Abhibhūhi lokā sukhījātā (inst. plur.)

Because of the Conquerors the people became happy
Abhibhuno pupphāni yajati (dat. sing.)

Abhibhussa pupphāni yajati
He offers flowers to the Conqueror
Abhibhūnaṁ pupphāni yajanti (dat. plur.)

They offer flowers to the Conquerors
1
DN I; I, p. 18.
2
MA on MN 1; PTS, I, p. 36.
3
SN 1.6.14.
Abhibhuṁ Abhibhunā sañjānāti (abl. sing.)

Abhibhuṁ Abhibhūto sañjānāti1
Abhibhuṁ Abhibhusmā sañjānāti
Abhibhuṁ Abhibhumhā sañjānāti
He perceives the Conqueror as the Conqueror
Abhibhūhi pabhāyo niccharanti (abl. plur.)

Light emanates from the Conquerors
Assumha kho mayaṁ ... Abhibhuno bhikkhuno ... gāthāyo (gen. sing.)
Assumha kho mayaṁ ... Abhibhussa bhikkhuno ... gāthāyo2
We heard the monk Abhibhū’s verses
Abhibhūnaṁ caraṇaṁ paṇamāma (gen. plur.)

We bow down at the Conquerors’ feet
Abhibhusmiṁ maññati (loc. sing.)

Abhibhumhi maññati
He conceives (himself) in the Conqueror
Abhibhūsu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

The mind well established in the Conquerors
Iti Pañcadasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Fifteenth Lesson
1-16: Ū-kārantapulliṅgo – Sabbaññū

1-16: Masculine Gender with -ū at the end – Sabbaññū
Ū-kāranta pulliṅgo Sabbaññū-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -ū at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word Sabbaññū3
1
MN 1; I p. 2.
2
SN 1.6.14.
3
Simlarly declined are all other words ending in -ññū, like viññū, mattaññū, atthaññū, etc.
etc.
Abstract:
-ū -ū -uno nominative - paṭhamā

-ū -ū -uno vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -unaṁ -ū -uno accusative - dutiyā
Sentences:
1
Sabbaññū Sabbadassāvī Jino Ācariyo mama (nom. sing.)
The All-Knowing, All-Seeing Victor is my Teacher
2
Sabbaññū Sabbavidū ca Buddhā na lakkhaṇena jānanti (nom. plur.)
Sabbaññuno Sabbavidū ca Buddhā na lakkhaṇena jānanti
The All-Knowing, All-Understanding Buddhas do not know by the signs
Bho Sabbaññū! Dhammaṁ desehi (voc. sing.)

Good and All-Knowing One! You must teach the Dhamma
Bho Sabbaññū! Dhammaṁ desetha (voc. plur.)

Bho Sabbaññuno! Dhammaṁ desetha
Good and All-Knowing Ones! You must teach the Dhamma
Disvānahaṁ sabbaññuṁ ... gaṇṭhipupphaṁ apūjayiṁ (acc. sing.)

Disvānahaṁ sabbaññunaṁ ... gaṇṭhipupphaṁ apūjayiṁ
Having seen the All-Knowing One ... I offered a Gaṇṭhi flower
Sabbaññū passati mahājano (acc. plur.)

Sabbaññuno passati mahājano
The people see the All-Knowing Ones
Sabbaññunā Sammāsambuddhena desito (agent. inst. sing.)

Taught by the All-Knowing One, the Perfect Sambuddha
Sabbaññūhi Dhammo desito (agent. inst. plur.)

The Dhamma was taught by the All-Knowing Ones
1
Th. v. 722.
2
Jā. 479; IV, p. 235.
Sabbaññunā sivapadaṁ yanti (inst. sing.)

Because of the All-Knowing One they go to the state of bliss
Sabbaññūhi lokā sukhījātā (inst. plur.)

Because of the All-Knowing Ones the people become happy
Sabbaññuno jīvitaṁ pariccajāmi (dat. sing.)

Sabbaññussa1 jīvitaṁ pariccajāmi
I offer up my life to the All-Knowing One
Sabbaññūnaṁ jīvitaṁ pariccajāmi (dat. plur.)

I offer up my life to the All-Knowing Ones
Kathañ-hi nāma asabbaññuṁ sabbaññunā ... vijānāti? (abl. sing.)

Kathañ-hi nāma asabbaññuṁ sabbaññuto ... vijānāti?2
Kathañ-hi nāma asabbaññuṁ sabbaññusmā ... vijānāti?
Kathañ-hi nāma asabbaññuṁ sabbaññumhā ... vijānāti?
How can he know one who doesn’t know all from an All-Knowing One
Sabbaññūhi sivapadaṁ labheyyuṁ (abl. plur.)

They attained the state of bliss because of the All-Knowing One
Sabbaññuno ... bhojanaṁ paṭiyādetvā, kālam-ārocayiṁ ahaṁ (gen. sing.)

3
Sabbaññussa ... bhojanaṁ paṭiyādetvā, kālam-ārocayiṁ ahaṁ
Having arranged the food for the All-Knowing One, I announced the time
Sabbañuñūnaṁ pāde vandāma (gen. plur.)

We worship the feet of the All-Knowing Ones
Sabbaññusmiṁ ... tam-ahaṁ kittayissāmi (loc. sing.)

4
Sabbaññumhi ... tam-ahaṁ kittayissāmi
I praise this ... in the All-Knowing One
Sabbaññūsu lokā pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

The world has confidence in the All-Knowing Ones
Iti Soḷasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Sixteenth Lesson
1
Sabbaññussa, here and below, is derived by analogy with the -a declension.
2
Vimativinodani, I, p. 116 (ChS).
3
Ap. 1.468 (ChS).
4
Ap. 6.71 (ChS).
1-17: O-kārantapulliṅgo – go
1-17: Masculine Gender with -o at the end – go
O-kāranta pulliṅgo go-saddo vuccate
The Masculine Gender with -o at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word go1
Abstract:
-o -o nominative - paṭhamā
-o -o vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -aṁ -o -e accusative - dutiyā
-ena -ohi -obhi -ehi -ebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-assa -aṁ -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-ā -asmā -amhā -ohi -obhi -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-assa -ānaṁ -aṁ -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-e -asmiṁ -amhi -osu -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Go usabho ujuṁ gacchati (nom. sing.)
Gavo usabho ujuṁ gacchati
Goṇo usabho ujuṁ gacchati
The bull goes straight ahead
Gāvo usabhā ujuṁ gacchanti (nom. plur.)

The bulls go straight ahead
Bho go usabhā! Ujuṁ gacchāhi (voc. sing.)

Bho gavo usabhā! Ujuṁ gacchāhi
Bho goṇo usabhā! Ujuṁ gacchāhi
Good bull! You must go straight ahead
Bho gāvo usabhā! Ujuṁ gacchatha (voc. plur.)

Good bulls! You must go straight ahead
1
There is only one noun in this class. There are three stems on which the forms are being
declined, which accounts for the multiplicity of forms in this declension. The historical stem is
gāva, which gives rise to go and all the other forms in gāv-. On a new stem, gava, all the forms
in gav- have been formed. And the following are being declined on the stem goṇa: goṇo,
goṇaṁ, goṇe, and goṇānaṁ.
Gāvuṁ vajaṁ rundhati gopālo (acc. sing.)

Gāvaṁ vajaṁ rundhati gopālo
Gavaṁ vajaṁ rundhati gopālo
Goṇaṁ vajaṁ rundhati gopālo
The cow-herder rounded the cow up in the cow pen
Gāvo vaje rundhanti gopālā (acc. plur.)

Goṇe vaje rundhanti gopālā
The cow-herders rounded the cows up in the cow pens
Gāvena sakaṭo ānīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

Gavena sakaṭo ānīyate
The cart was drawn by the cow
Gohi sakaṭā ānīyante (agent. inst. plur.)

Gāvehi sakaṭā ānīyante
Gavehi sakaṭā ānīyante
The carts were drawn by the cows
Gāvena gomiko jīvikaṁ kappeti (inst. sing.)

Gavena gomiko jīvikaṁ kappeti
Because of the cow the rancher earned a living
Gohi gomikā jīvikaṁ kappenti (inst. plur.)

Gāvehi gomikā jīvikaṁ kappenti
Gavehi gomikā jīvikaṁ kappenti
Because of the cows the ranchers earned a living
Gāvassa tiṇaṁ dadāti gopālo (dat. sing.)

Gavassa tiṇaṁ dadāti gopālo
The cow-herder gives grass to the cow
Gonaṁ tiṇaṁ dadanti gopālā (dat. plur.)

Gavaṁ tiṇaṁ dadanti gopālā
Gunnaṁ tiṇaṁ dadanti gopālā
Goṇānaṁ tiṇaṁ dadanti gopālā
The cow-herder gives grass to the cows
Gāvā usabhasmā bhayaṁ upajajjati (abl. sing.)

Gavā usabhasmā bhayaṁ upajajjati
Gāvasmā usabhasmā bhayaṁ upajajjati
Gavasmā usabhasmā bhayaṁ upajajjati
Gāvamhā usabhasmā bhayaṁ upajajjati
Gavamhā usabhasmā bhayaṁ upajajjati
From the bull fear arises
Gohi usabhehi bhayāni jāyanti (abl. plur.)

Gāvehi usabhehi bhayāni jāyanti
Gavehi usabhehi bhayāni jāyanti
From the bulls fears arise
Gāvassa usabhassa dhavalo guṇo (gen. sing.)

Gavassa usabhassa dhavalo guṇo
The bull is white in colour
Gonaṁ usabhānaṁ guṇā pamāṇaṁ (gen. plur.)

Gavaṁ usabhānaṁ guṇā pamāṇaṁ
Gunnaṁ usabhānaṁ guṇā pamāṇaṁ
Goṇānaṁ usabhassa guṇo pamāṇaṁ
The bulls are a good size
Gāve usabhe gomiko pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Gave usabhe gomiko pasīdati
Gāvasmiṁ usabhe gomiko pasīdati
Gavasmiṁ usabhe gomiko pasīdati
Gāvamhi usabhe gomiko pasīdati
Gavamhi usabhe gomiko pasīdati
The rancher has confidence in the bull
Gosu usabhesu gomikā pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Gāvesu usabhesu gomikā pasīdanti
Gavesu usabhesu gomikā pasīdanti
The ranchers have confidence in the bulls
Iti Sattadasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Seventeenth Lesson
Iti Navapadamañjariyā Pulliṅganāmānaṁ

Such are the Masculine Nouns in the New Collection of Sentences
Paṭhamo Paricchedo Samatto

The First Chapter is Complete
51
Dutiyo Paricchedo, Itthiliṅganāmaṁ

Chapter Two, Feminine Nouns
2-1: Ā-kāranta-itthiliṅgo – kaññā

2-1: Feminine Gender with -ā at the end – kaññā
Atha ā-kāranta-itthiliṅgo kaññā-saddo vuccate
Now the Feminine Gender with -ā at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word kaññā1
Abstract:
-ā -āyo -ā nominative - paṭhamā

-e -i -āyo -ā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -āyo -ā accusative - dutiyā
-āya -āhi -ābhi instrumental - tatiyā
-āya -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-āya -ohi -obhi -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-āya -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-āyaṁ -āya -āsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Kaññā dāsiṁ kammaṁ kārāpayati (nom. sing.)
The girl made the servant work
Kaññāyo dāsī kamme kārāpayanti (nom. plur.)

Kaññā dāsī kamme kārāpayanti
The girls made the servants work
Bho kaññe! Tvam-pi kusalaṁ karohi (voc. sing.)

Bho kaññi! Tvam-pi kusalaṁ karohi
Good girl! You also must do a good thing
Bho kaññāyo! Tumhe kusalaṁ karotha (voc. plur.)

Bho kaññā! Tumhe kusalaṁ karotha
Good girls! You must do a good thing
1
Similarly declined are: accharā, cariyā, sikhā, yācanā, icchā, mattā, vijjā, saddhā, pabhā,
etc. etc.
Feminine Noun Declension - 52
Kaññaṁ kusalaṁ kārāpeti mātā (acc. sing.)

The mother made the girl do a good deed
Kaññāyo kusalāni kārenti mātāpitaro (acc. plur.)

Kaññā kusalāni kārenti mātāpitaro
The parents made the girls do good deeds
Kaññāya tilāni pi bhajjīyante (agent. inst. sing.)

The sesame seeds are also roasted by the girl
Kaññāhi dhaññāni pi bhajjīyante (agent. inst. plur.)

The grain is also roasted by the girls
Kaññāya koci puriso sucarati (inst. sing.)

Because of the girl some man lives well
Kaññāhi keci purisā sucaranti (inst. plur.)

Because of the girls some men live well
Kaññāya ābharaṇāni dadāti puriso (dat. sing.)

The man gives ornaments to the girl
Kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni dadāti puriso (dat. plur.)

The man gives ornaments to the girls
Kaññāya apeti koci puriso (abl. sing.)

Some man departs from the girl
Kaññāhi apenti keci purisā (abl. plur.)

Some men depart from the girls
Kaññāya vatthābharaṇāni pi honti (gen. sing.)

This is the girl’s clothes and ornaments
Kaññānaṁ vatthābharaṇāni pi honti (gen. plur.)

These are the girls’ clothes and ornaments
Kaññāyaṁ koci puriso pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Kaññāya koci puriso pasīdati
Some man has confidence in the girl
Kaññāsu keci purisā pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Some men have confidence in the girls

2-2: I-kāranta-itthiliṅgo – ratti

2-2: Feminine Gender with -i at the end – ratti
I-kāranta-itthiliṅgo ratti-saddo vuccate
The Feminine Gender with -i at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word ratti1
Abstract:
-i -iyo -ī nominative - paṭhamā

-i -iyo -ī vocative - (paṭhamā)
-iṁ -iyo -ī accusative - dutiyā
-iyā -yā -īhi -ībhi instrumental - tatiyā
-iyā -yā -īnaṁ dative - catutthī
-iyā -yā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-iyā -yā -īnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-iyaṁ -iyā -imhi -īsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Ratti juṇhā sammā virocati (nom. sing.)
The moonlight night truly shines forth
Rattiyo juṇhāyo virocanti (nom. plur.)

Rattī juṇhāyo virocanti
Moonlight nights shine forth
Bho ratti juṇhā! Sammā viroca (voc. sing.)

Good moonlight night! You must truly shine forth
Bho rattiyo juṇhāyo! Virocatha (voc. plur.)

Bho rattī juṇhāyo! Virocatha
Good moonlight nights! You must truly shine forth
Rattiṁ na oloketvā Dhammaṁ suṇomi (acc. sing.)

Without having looked at the night,2 I listen to the Dhamma
Rattiyo na oloketvā Dhammaṁ suṇoma (acc. plur.)

Rattī na oloketvā Dhammaṁ suṇoma
Without having looked at the nights, we listen to the Dhamma
1
Similarly declined are: sati, bhūmi, yuvati, khanti, vuddhi, vuṭṭhi, doṇi, etc. etc
2
i.e. not caring what time it is.
Rattiyā yo koci maggo rundhīyati (agent. inst. sing.)

Ratyā1 yo koci maggo rundhīyati
There is some road which is obstructed by the night
Rattīhi ye keci maggā rundhīyanti (agent. inst. plur.)

There are some roads which are obstructed by the nights
Rattiyā corajeṭṭho corayati (inst. sing.)

Ratyā corajeṭṭho corayati
Because of the night the leading thief steals
Rattīhi corajeṭṭhā corayanti (inst. plur.)

Because of the nights the leading thieves steals
Rattiyā dīpaṁ dadāti dīpakāle (dat. sing.)

Ratyā dīpaṁ dadāti dīpakāle
The day-time gives light to the night
Rattīnaṁ dīpaṁ dadanti dīpakāle (dat. plur.)

The day-time gives light to the nights
Rattiyā bhojanā appaṭivirato (abl. sing.)

Ratyā bhojanā appaṭivirato
He did not abstain from night-time food
Rattīhi bhojanehi appaṭivirato (abl. plur.)

He did not abstain from night-time food
Rattiyā ghanāndhakāro pi hoti (gen. sing.)

Ratyā ghanāndhakāro pi hoti
The night has dense darkness
Rattīnaṁ ghanāndhakārā pi honti (gen. plur.)

The nights have dense darkness
Rattiyaṁ sūriyo na pātubhavati (loc. sing.)

Rattiyā sūriyo na pātubhavati
2
Rattimhi sūriyo na pātubhavati
The Sun does not appear in the night
1
Ratyā is a contraction found in this word, but it is not common to the declension. Similar is
the contraction from jātiyo >> jacco, and jātiyā >> jaccā.
2
There is also a form ratto, which appears quite frequently, which is a dual, analogous to
Sanskrit rattau, it is not common to the declension however.
Rattīsu uhuṅkārā gocaraṁ gaṇhanti (loc. plur.)

The owl takes to flight in the nights
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

2-3: Ī-kāranta-itthiliṅgo – nadī

2-3: Feminine Gender with -ī at the end – nadī
Ī-kāranta-itthiliṅgo nadī-saddo vuccate
The Feminine Gender with -ī at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word nadī1
Abstract:
-ī -iyo -ī nominative - paṭhamā

-ī -iyo -ī vocative - (paṭhamā)
-iṁ -iyo -ī accusative - dutiyā
-iyā -īhi -ībhi instrumental - tatiyā
-iyā -īnaṁ dative - catutthī
-iyā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-iyā -īnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-iyaṁ -iyā -īsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Nadī avicchedappavatti sandati (nom. sing.)
The river flows uninterruptedly
Nadiyo2 avicchedappavattī sandantī (nom. plur.)

Nadī avicchedappavattī sandantī
The rivers flow uninterruptedly
Bho nadī! Avicchedappavatti jalaṁ dada (voc. sing.)

Good river! You must give water uninterruptedly
1
Similarly declined are: itthī, devī, narī, dāsī, mahī, hatthinī, etc. etc.
2
Quite frequently nadiya develops to najjo, and nadiyā to najjā, through elision of the -i-
element, and applying the normal rules of sandhi; this is not common to the declension,
however.
Bho nadiyo! Avicchedappavattī jalaṁ dadatha (voc. plur.)

Bho nadī! Avicchedappavattī jalaṁ dadatha
Good rivers! You must give water uninterruptedly
Nadiṁ avicchedappavattiṁ sandaṁ passati (acc. sing.)

He sees the river flowing uninterruptedly
Nadiyo avicchedappavattiyo sandanto passati (acc. plur.)

Nadī avicchedappavattiyo sandanto passati
He sees the rivers flowing uninterruptedly
Nadiyā āpo niccaṁ vuyhate (agent. inst. sing.)

Water is always carried away by the river
Nadīhi āpo niccaṁ vuyhate (agent. inst. plur.)

Water is always carried away by the rivers
Nadiyā khettaṁ vapati kassako (inst. sing.)

Because of the river the farmer sows the field
Nadīhi khettāni vapanti kassakā (inst. plur.)

Because of the rivers the farmers sow the fields
Nadiyā visaṁ dadāti koci bālo (dat. sing.)

Some fool put poison in the river
Nadīnaṁ visaṁ dadanti keci bālā (dat. plur.)

Some fools put poison in the rivers
Nadiyā pabhavanti kunnadiyo (abl. sing.)

The streams originate from the river
Nadīhi pabhavanti kunnadiyo (abl. plur.)

The streams originate from the rivers
Nadiyā kho pana mahogho bhavati (gen. sing.)

Moreover, the river has a great flood
Nadīnaṁ kho pana mahogho bhavati (gen. plur.)

Moreover, the rivers have great floods
Nadiyaṁ macchasamūho pana vicarati (loc. sing.)

Nadiyā macchasamūho pana vicarati
Moreover, the shoal of fish swim about in the river
Nadīsu macchakacchapādayo vicaranti (loc. plur.)

The swamp fish swim about in the rivers
Iti Tatiyo Pāṭho

2-4: U-kāranta-itthiliṅgo – yāgu

2-4: Feminine Gender with -u at the end – yāgu
U-kāranta-itthiliṅgo yāgu-saddo vuccate
The Feminine Gender with -u at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word yāgu1
Abstract:
-u -uyo -ū nominative - paṭhamā

-u -uyo -ū vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -uyo -ū accusative - dutiyā
-uyā -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-uyā -ūnaṁ dative - catutthī
-uyā -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-uyā -ūnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-uyaṁ -uyā -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Yāgu paccate Yaññadattena (nom. sing.)
Rice-gruel was cooked by Yaññadatta
Yāguyo paccante Yaññadattehi (nom. plur.)

Yāgū paccante Yaññadattehi
Rice-gruel2 was cooked by the Yaññadattas
Bho yāgu! Tvaṁ pana khudaṁ bhaṇa (voc. sing.)

Good rice-gruel! You must address yourself to hunger
Bho yāguyo! Tumhe khudaṁ bhaṇatha (voc. plur.)

Bho yāgū! Tumhe khudaṁ bhaṇatha
Good rice-gruel! You must address yourselves to hunger
1
Similarly declined are: dhātu, dhenu, vijju, kacchu, daddu, etc. etc.
2
Gruel is an uncountable noun in English, and therefore has no separate plural form.
Yāguṁ pibati yo koci jano (acc. sing.)

There is some person who drinks the rice-gruel
Yāguyo pibanti ye keci janā (acc. plur.)

Yāgū pibanti ye keci janā
There are some who drink rice-gruel
Yāguyā pana udaraggi upakaroti (agent. inst. sing.)

The digestive faculty is assisted by the rice-gruel
Yāgūhi pana udaraggī upakaronti (agent. inst. plur.)

The digestive faculty is assisted by rice-gruel
Yāguyā koci rogo vupasammati (inst. sing.)

Any disease is (= can be) appeased by rice-gruel
Yāgūhi keci rogā vupasammanti (inst. plur.)

Any diseases are (= can be) appeased by rice-gruel
Yāguyā pana lavaṇaṁ dadāti sūdo (dat. sing.)

The cook adds salt to the rice-gruel
Yāgūnaṁ lavaṇāni dadanti sūdā (dat. plur.)

The cooks add salt to the rice-gruel
Yāguyā kho pana dhūmo apeti (abl. sing.)

Steam rises from the rice-gruel
Yāgūhi kho pana dhūmā apenti (abl. plur.)

Steam rises from rice-gruel
Yāguyā kho pana uṇho vijjati (gen. sing.)

The rice-gruel is hot
Yāgūnaṁ kho pana uṇhā vijjanti (gen. plur.)

Rice-gruel is hot
Yāguyaṁ pana sitthāni honti (loc. sing.)

Yāguyā pana sitthāni honti
There are grains of boiled rice in the rice-gruel
Yāgūsu pana sitthāni honti (loc. plur.)

There are grains of boiled rice in rice-gruel

2-5: U-kāranta-itthiliṅgo – mātu

2-5: Feminine Gender with -u at the end – mātu
U-kāranta-itthiliṅgo mātu-saddo vuccate
The Feminine Gender with -u at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word mātu1
Abstract:

-ā -a -e -aro vocative - (paṭhamā)
-araṁ -aro -are accusative - dutiyā
-arā uyā -arehi -arebhi -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-āyā -uyā -u -arānaṁ -ūnaṁ -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-arā uyā -arehi -arebhi -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-āyā -uyā -u -arānaṁ -ūnaṁ -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-ari -uyaṁ -uyā -aresu -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Mātā puttaṁ bhojanaṁ bhojayati (nom. sing.)
The mother feeds the child food
Mātaro putte bhojanaṁ bhojayanti (nom. plur.)

Mothers feed the children food
Bho mātā! Tvaṁ pana ciraṁ jīva! (voc. sing.)

Bho māta! Tvaṁ pana ciraṁ jīva!
Bho māte! Tvaṁ pana ciraṁ jīva!
Good mother! May you live long!
Bho mātaro! Tumhe ciraṁ jīvatha! (voc. plur.)

Good mothers! May you live long!
Mātaraṁ poseti putto ’trajo pi (acc. sing.)

The true son takes care of the mother
Mātaro posenti putto ’trajā pi (acc. plur.)

Mātare posenti putto ’trajā pi
The true sons takes care of the mothers
1
This form is given as mātar in the modern grammars, but the Pāḷi grammarians normally
give it as mātu. The forms mātāya and mātānaṁ are assimilated to the -a declension.
Mātarā putto bhattaṁ bhojāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

Mātuyā putto bhattaṁ bhojāpīyate
Food is fed to the child by the mother
Mātarehi putto bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

Mātūhi putto bhattaṁ bhojāpito
Food was fed to the child by the mothers
Mātarā putto pi sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti (inst. sing.)

Mātuyā putto pi sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti
Because of the mother the child attains happiness
Mātarehi puttā pi sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti (inst. plur.)

Mātūhi puttā pi sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti
Because of mothers children attain happiness
Mātāyā annaṁ dadāti putto pi (dat. sing.)

Mātuyā annaṁ dadāti putto pi
Mātu annaṁ dadāti putto pi
The child gives food to the mother
Mātarānaṁ vatthāni dadanti puttā pi (dat. plur.)

Mātūnaṁ vatthāni dadanti puttā pi
Mātānaṁ vatthāni dadanti puttā pi
Children give clothes to the mothers
Mātarā pana antaradhāyati putto (abl. sing.)

Mātuyā pana antaradhāyati putto (abl. sing.)
The child departs from the mother
Mātarehi antaradhāyanti puttā (abl. plur.)

Mātūhi antaradhāyanti puttā
The children depart from the mothers
Mātuyā pana puttā pi bahavo honti (gen. sing.)

Mātāyā pana puttā pi bahavo honti
Mātu pana puttā pi bahavo honti
The mother has many children
Mātarānaṁ puttā pi bahavo honti (gen. plur.)

Mātūnaṁ puttā pi bahavo honti
Mātānaṁ puttā pi bahavo honti
The mothers have many children
Mātari pana oraso putto pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Mātuyaṁ pana oraso putto pasīdati
Mātuyā pana oraso putto pasīdati
One’s own child has confidence in his mother
Mātaresu ye keci puttā pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Mātūsu ye keci puttā pasīdanti
There are some children who have confidence in their mothers

2-6: Ū-kāranta-itthiliṅgo – jambū

2-6: Feminine Gender with -ū at the end – jambū
Ū-kāranta-itthiliṅgo jambū-saddo vuccate
The Feminine Gender with -ū at the end
1
is illustrated with the declinable word jambū
Abstract:
-ū -uyo -ū nominative - paṭhamā

-ū -u -uyo -ū vocative - (paṭhamā)
-uṁ -uyo -ū accusative - dutiyā
-uyā -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-uyā -ūnaṁ dative - catutthī
-uyā -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-uyā -ūnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-uyaṁ -uyā -ūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
2
Jambū pana anubhuttā Tathāgatena (nom. sing.)
The rose-apple was eaten by the Realised One
Jambuyo anubhuttāyo Tathāgatehi (nom. plur.)

Jambū anubhuttāyo Tathāgatehi
The rose-apples were eaten by the Realised Ones
1
Sometimes written as jambu; there are very few forms which follow this declension, others
include sassū (also written sassu), camū (also written camu), vadhū, and bhū.
2
As will be seen in the examples that follow, the word jambū has three different meanings: 1)
the rose-apple tree; 2) the rose-apple fruit; and 3) the river Jambū, which was famous for the
gold that was found therein.
Bho Jambū! Jambonadam-pi dehi (voc. sing.)

Bho Jambu! Jambonadam-pi dehi
Good river Jambū! You must give us gold
Bho Jambuyo! Jambonadampi detha (voc. plur.)

Bho Jambū! Jambonadampi detha
Good river Jambū! You must give us gold
Jambuṁ pana passati yo koci (acc. sing.)

There is some one who sees the rose-apple tree
Jambuyo passanti ye keci (acc. plur.)

Jambū passanti ye keci
There are some who see the rose-apple trees
Jambuyā udaraggi pana paṭihaññate (agent. inst. sing.)

The digestive system is afflicted by the rose-apple fruit
Jambūhi udaraggī pana paṭihaññante (agent. inst. plur.)

The digestive system is afflicted by rose-apple fruits
Jambuyā kho pana yo koci jīvati (inst. sing.)

There is some one who subsists by way of the rose-apple tree
Jambūhi kho pana ye keci jīvanti (inst. plur.)

There are some who subsist by way of rose-apple trees
Jambuyā pana silāghate yo koci (dat. sing.)

There is some one who extols the rose-apple
Jambūnaṁ pana silāghate mahājano (dat. plur.)

The people extol rose-apples
Jambuyā kho pana jambonadaṁ jāyati (abl. sing.)

Gold arises from the Jambū river
Jambūhi kho pana jambonadaṁ uppajjati (abl. plur.)

Gold arises from the Jambū rivers
Jambuyā pana madhurarasojā hoti (gen. sing.)

The Jambu fruit has a sweet-tasting juice
Jambūnaṁ madhurarasojāyo honti (gen. plur.)

The Jambu fruits have sweet-tasting juice
Jambuyaṁ kho pana jambonadaṁ atthi (loc. sing.)

Jambuyā kho pana jambonadaṁ atthi
There is gold in the Jambū river
Jambusu pana jambonadāni vijjanti (loc. plur.)

Gold is found in the Jambū rivers

Iti Navapadamañjariyā Itthiliṅganāmānaṁ

Such are the Feminine Nouns in the New Collection of Sentences
Dutiyo Paricchedo Samatto

The Second Chapter is Complete
64
Tatiyo Paricchedo, Napuṁsakaliṅganāmaṁ

Chapter Three, Neuter Nouns
3-1: A-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – citta

3-1: Neuter Gender with -a at the end – citta
Atha a-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo citta-saddo vuccate
Now the Neuter Gender with -a at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word citta1
Abstract:
-aṁ -āni -ā nominative - paṭhamā

-a -ā -āni -ā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -āni -e accusative - dutiyā
-ena -ā -ehi -ebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-assa -ayā -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-ā -ato -asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-assa -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-e -asmiṁ -amhi -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Cittaṁ attano santānaṁ vijānāti (nom. sing.)
The heart knows its own continuity
Cittāni attano sattānaṁ vijānanti (nom. plur.)

Cittā attano sattānaṁ vijānanti
These hearts know their own continuity
Bho citta! Attano santānaṁ vijānāhi (voc. sing.)

Bho cittā! Attano santānaṁ vijānāhi
Good heart! Know your continuity
Bho cittāni! Attano santānaṁ vijānātha (voc. plur.)

Bho cittā! Attano santānaṁ vijānātha
Good hearts! Know your continuity
Cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci janā (acc. sing.)

There are some who seek perception in the heart
1
Similarly declined are: dhana, phala, dāna, rūpa, locana, udaka, hadaya, etc. etc.
Neuter Noun Declension - 65
Cittāni saññam-esanti ye keci (acc. plur.)

Citte1 saññam-esanti ye keci
There are some who seek perception in the hearts
Cittena sabbo pi jano niyyate (agent. inst. sing.)

Cittā sabbo pi jano niyyate
All people are led by their heart
Cittehi sabbo pi jano niyyate (agent. inst. plur.)

All people are led by their hearts
Cittena saṁkilissati māṇavo (inst. sing.)

Cittā saṁkilissati māṇavo
Because of the heart the youth is defiled
Cittehi visujjhati koci māṇavo (inst. plur.)

Because of the hearts the youth who be purified
Cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci jano (dat. sing.)

Cittayā ovādaṁ deti koci jano
Some person gives advice to his heart
Cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti keci janā (dat. plur.)

Some people give advice to their heart
Cittā ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Cittato ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
Cittasmā ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
Cittamhā ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
A sense-object arises in the heart
Cittehi ārammaṇāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Sense-objects arise in the hearts
Cittassa aniccadhammassa vasam-anvagū (gen. sing.)

The heart’s impermanent nature is influential
Cittānaṁ parivitakko udapādi (gen. plur.)

The hearts’ reflection arise
Citte arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Cittasmiṁ arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Cittamhi arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Lack of protection in bodily action (lies in) the lack of protection in the heart
1
This form in -e, -asmā and -amhā in the ablative singular, and -asmiṁ and -amhi in the
locative singular are introduced from the pronominal declension.
Cittesu guttesu kāyakammaṁ rakkhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Protection of bodily action (lies in) guarding the hearts

3-2: A-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – mana

3-2: Neuter Gender with -a at the end – mana
A-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo mana-saddo vuccate
The Neuter Gender with -a at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word mana1
Abstract:
-o -aṁ -āni -ā nominative - paṭhamā

-a -ā -āni -ā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-o -aṁ -e accusative - dutiyā
-asā -ena -ehi -ebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-aso -assa -ānaṁ dative - catutthī
-asā -ā -asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-aso -assa -ānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-asi -e -asmiṁ -amhi -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Mano attano santānaṁ maññati (nom. sing.)
Manaṁ attano santānaṁ maññati
I imagine his mind continues
Manā attano sattānaṁ maññanti (nom. plur.)

Manāni attano sattānaṁ maññanti
They know their minds continue
Bho mana! Attano santānaṁ maññāhi (voc. sing.)

Bho manā! Attano santānaṁ maññāhi
Good mind! Know your continuity
1
There are some special forms, which appear only in the sing. nom. mano (from manas),
instr. and abl. manasā, gen. manaso, and loc. manasi. The other forms that appear, including
the other singular forms, are declined as in the -a declension. Similarly declined are: ceta,
chanda, tama, tapa, yasa, vaca, etc. etc.
Bho manā! Attano santānaṁ maññatha (voc. plur.)

Bho manāni! Attano santānaṁ maññatha
Good minds! Know your continuity
Mano pasādetvā Saggaṁ gamissāmi (acc. sing.)

Manaṁ pasādetvā Saggaṁ gamissāmi
After the conversion of his mind he will go to Heaven
Mane pasādetvā Saggaṁ gamissāma (acc. plur.)

After the conversion of their minds they will go to Heaven
Manasā kusalākusalakammaṁ kataṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Manena kusalākusalakammaṁ kataṁ
(Both) a good and a bad deed is done by the mind
Manehi kusalākusalakammāni katāni (agent. inst. plur.)

Good and bad deeds are done by the mind
Manasā Dhammaṁ vijānāti yogāvacaro (inst. sing.)

Manena Dhammaṁ vijānāti yogāvacaro
The meditator knows the Dhamma through his mind
Manehi Dhammaṁ vijānanti yogāvacarā (inst. plur.)

The meditators know the Dhamma through their minds
Manaso paduṭṭhassa ovādaṁ dadāti (dat. sing.)

Manassa paduṭṭhassa ovādaṁ dadāti
He gives corrupt advice to his mind
Manānaṁ paduṭṭhānaṁ ovādaṁ dadanti (dat. plur.)

He gives corrupt advice to their minds
Manasā pana ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Manā pana ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
Manasmā pana ārammanaṁ uppajjati
Manamhā pana ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
A sense-object arises in the mind
Manehi ārammaṇāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Sense-objects arise in the minds
Manaso aniccadhammassa vasam-anvagū (gen. sing.)

Manassa aniccadhammassa vasam-anvagū
The mind’s impermanent nature is influential
Manānaṁ pana parivitakko udapādi (gen. plur.)

The minds’ reflection arise
Manasi arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Mane arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Manasmiṁ arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Manamhi arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Lack of protection in bodily action (lies in) the lack of protection in the mind
Manesu guttesu kāyakammaṁ rakkhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Protection of bodily action (lies in) guarding the mind
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

3-3: Vanta-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – guṇavanta

3-3: Neuter Gender with -vanta at the end – guṇavanta
Vanta-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo guṇavanta-saddo vuccate
The Neuter Gender with -vanta (and -manta) at the end
1
is illustrated with the declinable word guṇavanta
Abstract:
-vaṁ -vante -vantāni -vantā nominative - paṭhamā

-va -vā -vaṁ -vantāni -vantā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-vantaṁ -vantāni -vante accusative - dutiyā
-vatā -vantena -vantehi -vantebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-vato -vantassa -vataṁ -vantānaṁ dative - catutthī
-vatā -vato -vantasmā - -vantehi -vantebhi ablative - pañcamī
vantamhā
-vato -vantassa -vataṁ -vantānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-vati -vante -vantasmiṁ - -vantesu locative - sattamī
vantamhi
Sentences:
Guṇavaṁ kulaṁ pana puññaṁ karoti (nom. sing.)
Guṇavante kulaṁ pana puññaṁ karoti
The virtuous family do a meritorious deed
Guṇavantāni kulāni puññaṁ karonti (nom. plur.)

Guṇavantā kulāni puññaṁ karonti
The virtuous families do a meritorious deed
1
Guṇavanta is an adjective and can be declined according to the three genders.
Bho guṇava kulaṁ! Puññaṁ karohi (voc. sing.)

Bho guṇavā kulaṁ! Puññaṁ karohi
Bho guṇavaṁ kulaṁ! Puññaṁ karohi
Good and virtuous family! You must do a meritorious deed
Bho guṇavantāni kulāni puññaṁ karotha (voc. plur.)

Bho guṇavantā kulāni puññaṁ karotha
Good and virtuous families! You must do a meritorious deed
Guṇavantaṁ kulaṁ passati yo koci (acc. sing.)

There is some one who sees the virtuous family
Guṇavantāni kule passanti ye keci (acc. plur.)

Guṇavante kule passanti ye keci
There are some who see the virtuous families
Guṇavantena kulena vihāro kārito (agent. inst. sing.)

Guṇavatā kulena vihāro kārito
The monastery was made by the virtuous family
Guṇavantehi kulehi vihārā kāritā (agent. inst. plur.)

The monasteries were made by virtuous families
Guṇavantena kulena loko sucarati (inst. sing.)

Guṇavatā kulena loko sucarati
The people live happily because of a virtuous family
Guṇavantehi kulehi lokā sucaranti (inst. plur.)

The people live happily because of virtuous families
Guṇavato kulassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā (dat. sing.)

Guṇavantassa kulassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā
The wealthy man gives wealth to the virtuous family
Guṇavataṁ kulānaṁ dhanaṁ dadanti dhanavantā (dat. plur.)

Guṇavantānaṁ kulānaṁ dhanaṁ dadanti dhanavantā
The wealthy men give wealth to the virtuous families
Guṇavatā kulamhā na apeti yo koci (abl. sing.)

Guṇavato kulamhā na apeti yo koci
Guṇavatasmā kulamhā na apeti yo koci
Guṇavatamhā kulamhā na apeti yo koci
There is some one who departs from the virtuous family
Guṇavantehi kulehi na apenti ye keci (abl. plur.)

There are some who does not depart from the virtuous families
Guṇavato kulassa guṇaghoso hoti (gen. sing.)

Guṇavatassa kulassa guṇaghoso hoti
The virtuous family’s virtue is voiced abroad
Guṇavataṁ kulānaṁ guṇaghosā honti (gen. plur.)

Guṇavantānaṁ kulānaṁ guṇaghosā honti
The virtuous families’ virtue is voiced abroad
Guṇavati kule pi me ramati mano (loc. sing.)

Guṇavante kule pi me ramati mano
Guṇavantasmiṁ kule pi me ramati mano
Guṇavantamhi kule pi me ramati mano
My mind delights in a virtuous family
Guṇavantesu kulesu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

The mind is well established in virtuous families
Iti Tatiyo Pāṭho

3-4: Anta-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – gacchanta

3-4: Neuter Gender with -anta at the end – gacchanta
Anta-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo gacchanta-saddo vuccate
The Neuter Gender with -anta at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word gacchanta
Abstract:
-aṁ -anto -antāni -antā nominative - paṭhamā

-a -ā -aṁ -antāni -antā vocative - (paṭhamā)
-antaṁ -antāni -ante accusative - dutiyā
-atā -antena -antehi -antebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-ato -antassa -ataṁ -antānaṁ dative - catutthī
-atā -ato -antasmā - -antehi -antebhi ablative - pañcamī
antamhā
-ato -antassa -ataṁ -antānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-ati -ante -antasmiṁ - -antesu locative - sattamī
antamhi
Sentences:
Gacchaṁ guṇavaṁ sundaraṁ nibbānaṁ gacchati (nom. sing.)
Gacchanto guṇavaṁ sundaraṁ nibbānaṁ gacchati
The virtuous one while going attains the beautiful Nibbāna
Gacchantāni guṇavantā nibbānaṁ gacchanti (nom. plur.)

Gacchantā guṇavantā nibbānaṁ gacchanti
The virtuous ones while going attain the beautiful Nibbāna
Bho gaccha guṇavaṁ! Tvaṁ pana sugatiṁ gacchāhi (voc. sing.)

Bho gacchā guṇavaṁ! Tvaṁ pana sugatiṁ gacchāhi
Bho gacchaṁ guṇavaṁ! Tvaṁ pana sugatiṁ gacchāhi
Good and virtuous one, while going! You must attain a good destiny
Bho gacchantāni guṇavantā! Sugatiṁ gacchatha (voc. plur.)

Bho gacchantā guṇavantā! Sugatiṁ gacchatha (voc. plur.)
Good and virtuous ones, while going! You must attain a good destiny
Gacchantaṁ guṇavantaṁ passati ekacco (acc. sing.)

Some see the virtuous one while going
Gacchantāni guṇavante passati ekacco (acc. plur.)

Gacchante guṇavante passati ekacco (acc. plur.)
Some see the virtuous ones while going
Gacchatā guṇavantena satthaṁ sūyate (agent. inst. sing.)

Gacchantena guṇavantena satthaṁ sūyate
He learns the science with the virtuous one while going
Gacchantehi guṇavantehi pupphaṁ gayhate (agent. inst. plur.)

He plucks the flower with the virtuous ones while going
Gacchatā guṇavatā loko sucarati (inst. sing.)

Gacchantena guṇavatā loko sucarati
Because of the virtuous one going the people live happily
Gacchantehi guṇavantehi sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti (inst. plur.)

Because of the virtuous one going he attains happiness
Gacchato guṇavantassa anugiṇāti jano (dat. sing.)

Gacchantassa guṇavantassa anugiṇāti jano
The people praise the virtuous one while going
Gacchataṁ guṇavatānaṁ paṭigiṇāti1 jano (dat. plur.)

Gacchantānaṁ guṇavantānaṁ paṭigiṇāti jano
The people praise the virtuous ones while going
Gacchatā guṇavatā apeti ekacco (abl. sing.)

Gacchato guṇavantā apeti ekacco (abl. sing.)
Gacchantasmā guṇavatasmā apeti ekacco
Gacchantamhā guṇavantamhā apeti ekacco
Some one departs from the virtuous one while going
Gacchantehi guṇavantehi apenti ekacce (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the virtuous ones while going
Gacchato guṇavantassa mātāpitaro (gen. sing.)

Gacchantassa guṇavantassa mātāpitaro
The virtuous traveller’s mother and father
Gacchataṁ guṇavantānaṁ nāmagottādi (gen. plur.)

Gacchantānaṁ guṇavantānaṁ nāmagottādi
The virtuous travellers’ name and lineage and so forth
Gacchati guṇavante me ramani mano (loc. sing.)

Gacchante guṇavante me ramani mano
Gacchantasmiṁ guṇavante me ramani mano
Gacchantamhi guṇavante me ramani mano
My mind delights in the virtuous one while going
Gacchantesu guṇavantesu manaṁ patiṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

The mind is well established in the virtuous ones while going

3-5: I-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – aṭṭhi

3-5: Neuter Gender with -i at the end – aṭṭhi
I-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo aṭṭhi-saddo vuccate
The Neuter Gender with -i at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word aṭṭhi2
1
Unexpectedly it appears that anugiṇāti and paṭigināti are synonyms.
2
Similarly declined include: vari, akkhi, sappi, dadhi, acci, satthi, etc. etc.
Abstract:
-i -iṁ -ī -īni nominative - paṭhamā

-i -iṁ -ī -īni vocative - (paṭhamā)
-i -iṁ -ī -īni accusative - dutiyā
-inā -ito -ismā -imhā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-ini -ismiṁ -imhi -īsu -isu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Aṭṭhi saṅkhalikaṁ sarīraṁ paṭikkūlaṁ hoti (nom. sing.)
Aṭṭhiṁ1 saṅkhalikaṁ sarīraṁ paṭikkūlaṁ hoti
The chain of bones in the body is repulsive
Aṭṭhī puñjakitāni paṭikkūlāni honti (nom. plur.)

Aṭṭhīni puñjakitāni paṭikkūlāni honti
The heap of bones is repulsive
Bho aṭṭhi saṅkhalikaṁ! Tvaṁ aniccato passa (voc. sing.)

Bho aṭṭhiṁ saṅkhalikaṁ! Tvaṁ aniccato passa
Good chain of bones! You must see the state of impermanence
Bho aṭṭhī setāni! Aniccato passatha (voc. plur.)

Bho aṭṭhīni setāni! Aniccato passatha
Good white bones! You must see the state of impermanence
Aṭṭhi samaṁsalohitaṁ asubhato passati (acc. sing.)

Aṭṭhiṁ samaṁsalohitaṁ asubhato passati
He sees the unattractive bone together with its flesh and blood
Aṭṭhī puñjakitāni aniccato passati (acc. plur.)

Aṭṭhīni puñjakitāni aniccato passati
He sees the state of impermanence of the heap of bones
Aṭṭhinā kāyena yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ nimmitaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Whatever form is created with the bodily bone
1
Aṭṭhiṁ in the nominative and accusative singular, aṭṭhī in the nominative and accusative
plural, aṭṭhissa in the dative and genitive singular, aṭṭhismā, aṭṭhimhā in the ablative singulars,
and aṭṭhismiṁ, aṭṭhimhi in the locative singular are all analogical formations after the neuter -a
declension.
Aṭṭhīhi kāyehi yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ nimmitaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Whatever form is created with the bodily bones
Aṭṭhinā nimittena bhikkhu maggaṁ bhāveti (inst. sing.)

Because of the sign of the bone the monk develops the path
Aṭṭhīhi nimittehi bhikkhū maggaṁ bhāventi (inst. plur.)

Because of the sign of the bones monks develop the path
Aṭṭhino kāyassa ovādaṁ deti ekacco (dat. sing.)

Aṭṭhissa kāyassa ovādaṁ deti ekacco
Someone give advice to the bodily bone
Aṭṭhīnaṁ kāyānaṁ ovādaṁ denti ekacce (dat. plur.)

Some give advice to the bodily bones
Aṭṭhinā1 kāyasmā apeti yogāvacaro (abl. sing.)

Aṭṭhito kāyasmā apeti yogāvacaro
Aṭṭhismā kāyasmā apeti yogāvacaro
Aṭṭhimhā kāyasmā apeti yogāvacaro
The meditator departs from the body’s bone
Aṭṭhīhi kāyehi apenti yogāvacarā (abl. plur.)

The meditators depart from the bodies’ bones
Aṭṭhino kāyassa pariggaho hoti (gen. sing.)

Aṭṭhissa kāyassa pariggaho hoti
He has possession of the body’s bone
Aṭṭhīnaṁ kāyānaṁ pariggaho hoti (gen. plur.)

He has possession of the bodies’ bones
Aṭṭhini kāye yogāvacaro nappasīdati (loc. sing.)

Aṭṭhismiṁ kāye yogāvacaro nappasīdati
Aṭṭhimhi kāye yogāvacaro nappasīdati
The meditator has no confidence in the body’s bone
Aṭṭhīsu kāyesu yogāvacarā nappasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Aṭṭhisu kāyesu yogāvacarā nappasīdanti (loc. plur.)
The meditators has no confidence in the bodies’ bones

1
This ablative form has been transferred from the instrumental.
3-6: Ī-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – daṇḍī

3-6: Neuter Gender with -ī at the end – daṇḍī
Ī-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo daṇḍī-saddo vuccate
The Neuter Gender with -ī at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word daṇḍī1
Abstract:
-ī -iṁ -ī -īni nominative - paṭhamā

-ī -iṁ -ī -īni vocative - (paṭhamā)
-ī -iṁ -ī -īni accusative - dutiyā
-inā -ismā -imhā -īhi -ībhi ablative - pañcamī
-ini -ismiṁ -imhi -īsu -isu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Daṇḍī pana purisaṁ kammaṁ kārāpayati (nom. sing.)
Daṇḍiṁ pana purisaṁ kammaṁ kārāpayati
The violent man makes the man work
Daṇḍī purisaṁ kammaṁ kārāpayanti (nom. plur.)

Daṇḍīni purisaṁ kammaṁ kārāpayanti
The violent men make the man work
Bho daṇḍī! Tvaṁ pana kammaṁ karohi (voc. sing.)

Bho daṇḍiṁ! Tvaṁ pana kammaṁ karohi
O violent man! You must do the work
Bho daṇḍī! Tumhe kammaṁ karotha (voc. plur.)

Bho daṇḍīni! Tumhe kammaṁ karotha
O violent men! You must do the work
Daṇḍī daṇḍakammaṁ kārayati amacco (acc. sing.)

Daṇḍiṁ daṇḍakammaṁ kārayati amacco
The minister punishes the violent man
1
The declension is thought of as adjectival, and was therefore treated as part of the
masculine declension at 1.8 above.
Daṇḍī daṇḍakamme kārayanti amaccā (acc. plur.)

Daṇḍīni daṇḍakamme kārayanti amaccā
The ministers punish the violent men
Daṇḍinā jano daṇḍakammaṁ vedīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The people experience punishment through the violent man
Daṇḍīhi jano daṇḍakammaṁ vedito (agent. inst. plur.)

The people experienced punishment through violent men
Daṇḍinā yo koci pana santajjeti (inst. sing.)

There is some person who is frightened because of a violent man
Daṇḍīhi ye keci pana santajjenti (inst. plur.)

There are some who are frightened because of violent men
Daṇḍino daṇḍakammaṁ deti amacco (dat. sing.)

Daṇḍissa daṇḍakammaṁ deti amacco
The minister gives punishment to the violent man
Daṇḍīnaṁ daṇḍakammaṁ denti amaccā (dat. plur.)

The ministers give punishment to the violent men
Daṇḍinā apeti yo koci puriso (abl. sing.)

Daṇḍismā apeti yo koci puriso
Daṇḍimhā apeti yo koci puriso
There is some person who departs from the violent man
Daṇḍīhi apenti ye keci purisā (abl. plur.)

There are some men who depart from the violent men
Daṇḍino yo koci pariggaho hoti (gen. sing.)

Daṇḍissa yo koci pariggaho hoti
There is some person who has the violent man’s possessions
Daṇḍīnaṁ ye keci pariggahā honti (gen. plur.)

There are some who have the violent mens’ possessions
Daṇḍini pana me mano na ramati (loc. sing.)

Daṇḍismiṁ pana me mano na ramati
Daṇḍimhi pana me mano na ramati
My mind does not delight in a violent man
Daṇḍīsu kho pana no manā na ramanti (loc. plur.)

Daṇḍisu kho pana no manā na ramanti
Our minds do not delight in the violent men

3-7: U-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo – āyu

3-7: Neuter Gender with -u at the end – āyu
U-kārantanapuṁsakaliṅgo āyu-saddo vuccate
The Neuter Gender with -u at the end
is illustrated with the declinable word āyu
Abstract:
-u -uṁ -ūni -ū nominative - paṭhamā

-u -uṁ -ū -ūni -ū vocative - (paṭhamā)
-u -uṁ -ūni -ū accusative - dutiyā
-unā -usā -ūhi -ūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
-unā -usmā -umhā -ūhi -ūbhi ablative - pañcamī
-uni -usmiṁ -umhi -ūsu -usu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Āyu cassā pana parikkhīṇo ahosi (nom. sing.)
Āyuṁ cassā pana parikkhīṇo ahosi
Her vital power is exhausted
Āyūni pana tesaṁ parikkhīṇā ahesuṁ (nom. plur.)

Āyū pana tesaṁ parikkhīṇā ahesuṁ
Their vital powers are exhausted
Bho Āyu! Tvaṁ pana jīvitaṁ pālehi (voc. sing.)

Bho Āyuṁ! Tvaṁ pana jīvitaṁ pālehi
Bho Āyū! Tvaṁ pana jīvitaṁ pālehi
O Vital Power! You must preserve life
Bho Āyūni! Tumhe jīvitaṁ pālatha (voc. plur.)

Bho Āyū! Tumhe jīvitaṁ pālatha
O Vital Powers! You must preserve life
Āyu arūpadhammaṁ passati Sammāsambuddho (acc. sing.)

Āyuṁ arūpadhammaṁ passati Sammāsambuddho
The Perfect Sambuddha sees the incorporeal vital power
Āyūni arūpadhamme passati Lokanātho (acc. plur.)

Āyū arūpadhamme passati Lokanātho
The Protector of the World sees the incorporeal vital powers
Āyunā arūpadhammena jīvitaṁ pavattitaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Āyusā arūpadhammena jīvitaṁ pavattitaṁ
Life continues through the incorporeal vital power
Āyūhi arūpadhammehi jīvitaṁ pavattitaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Life continues through the incorporeal vital powers
Āyunā arūpadhammena loko jīvati (inst. sing.)

Āyusā arūpadhammena loko jīvati
Because of the incorporeal vital power people live
Āyūhi arūpadhammehi lokā jīvanti (inst. plur.)

Because of the incorporeal vital powers the people live
Āyuno ruccati sabbo pi jano (dat. sing.)

Āyussa ruccati sabbo pi jano
All people delight in the vital power
Āyūnaṁ ruccanti sabbe pi janā (dat. plur.)

All the people delight in vital powers
Āyunā kho pana apeti jīvitam-pi (abl. sing.)

Āyusmā kho pana apeti jīvitam-pi
Āyumhā kho pana apeti jīvitam-pi
Life departs from the vital power
Āyūhi kho pana apenti jīvitāni (abl. plur.)

Lives depart from the vital powers
Āyuno pana parihāro hoti sabbadā (gen. sing.)

Āyussa pana parihāro hoti sabbadā
There is always the protection of the vital power
Āyūnaṁ pana parihāro hoti sabbadā (gen. plur.)

There is always the protection of the vital powers
Āyuni kho pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ sabbadā (loc. sing.)

Āyusmiṁ kho pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ sabbadā
Āyumhi kho pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ sabbadā
The mind is always well established in the vital power
Āyūsu kho pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ sabbadā (loc. plur.)

Āyusu kho pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ sabbadā
The mind is always well established in the vital powers

Iti Navapadamañjariyā Napuṁsakaliṅganāmānaṁ

Such are the Neuter Nouns in the New Collection of Sentences
Tatiyo Paricchedo Samatto

The Third Chapter is Complete
Ito paraṁ pavakkhāmi sabbanāmañ-ca tassamaṁ,

Nāmañ-ca yojitaṁ nānā nāmeheva visesato
Yāni honti tiliṅgāni anukūlāni yāni ca

Tiliṅgānaṁ visesena padānetāni nāmato
Sabbasādhāraṇā kāni nāmānicceva atthato

Sabbanāmāni vuccanti sattavīsati saṅkhato
Tesu kānici rūpehi sesāññehi ca yujjare

Kānici pana saheva etesaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ idaṁ
Etasmā lakkhaṇā muttaṁ na padaṁ sabbanāmikaṁ

1
Tasmātītādayo saddā guṇanāmāni vuccare ti.
1
These verses are a quote from Ven. Aggavaṁsa’s Saddanīti, Chapter 12:
Sabbanāmataṁsadisanāmanāmikapadamālā.
80
Catuttho Paricchedo, Aliṅgasabbanāmaṁ

Chapter Four, Genderless Pronouns
4-1: Aliṅgasabbanāmarūpāni – amha

4-1: Genderless Forms of the (Personal) Pronoun – amha
1
Atha aliṅgasabbanāmam-amha-saddo vuccante
Now the genderless pronoun is illustrated with the word amha
Abstract (for all three genders):2

ahaṁ mayaṁ amhe nominative - paṭhamā
maṁ mamaṁ amhe asme amhākaṁ accusative - dutiyā
asmākaṁ
mayā amhehi ambhehi instrumental - tatiyā
mama mayhaṁ mamaṁ amhākaṁ asmākaṁ dative - catutthī
amhaṁ amhaṁ
mayā amhehi ambhehi ablative - pañcamī
mama mayhaṁ amhākaṁ asmākaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
mamaṁ amhaṁ amhaṁ
mayi amhesu locative - sattamī
Sentences (masculine):
Ahaṁ puriso pi puññaṁ karomi (nom. sing.)
3
I (masculine) do a meritorious deed
Mayaṁ purisā pana puññaṁ karoma (nom. plur.)

Amhe purisā pana puññaṁ karoma
We (masculine) do a meritorious deed
1
aliṅgatumhāmhasaddo (= tumha and amha) in the original; divided and rearranged here.
2
The forms that come for these pronouns are particularly complicated as they are declined
on two stems which have alternative forms: amha/asma and maṁ/maya).
3
These genderless pronoun sentences are particularly hard to translate as English works very
different here from Pāḷi; I have tried therefore to indicate the meaning rather than translate it.
Genderless Pronouns - 81
Mam purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti (acc. sing.)1

Mamaṁ purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti
He makes (masculine) me do a meritorious deed
Amhe purise puññāni kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

Asme purise puññāni kārāpeti
Amhākaṁ purise puññāni kārāpeti
Asmākaṁ purise puññāni kārāpeti
He makes (masculine) us do meritorious deeds
Mayā purisena kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Action and result is experienced by (masculine) me
Amhehi purisehi kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Action and result is experienced by (masculine) men
Mayā purisena ekacco sucarati (inst. sing.)

Because of me, a man, some person lives happily
Amhehi purisehi ekacce sucaranti (inst. plur.)

Because of (masculine) us some people live happily
Mama purisassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā (dat. sing.)

Mayhaṁ purisassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā
Mamaṁ purisassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā
Amhaṁ purisassa dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā
The wealthy man gives wealth to (masculine) me
Amhākaṁ purisānaṁ phalaṁ dadāti phalavā (dat. plur.)

Asmākaṁ purisānaṁ phalaṁ dadāti phalavā
Amhaṁ purisānaṁ phalaṁ dadāti phalavā
The successful man gives a reward to (masculine) us
Mayā purisasmā apeti ekacco (abl. sing.)

Some depart from (masculine) me
Amhehi purisehi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from (masculine) us
Mama purisassa nāmagottādi (gen. sing.)

Mayhaṁ purisassa nāmagottādi
Mamaṁ purisassa nāmagottādi
Amhaṁ purisassa nāmagottādi
My (masculine) name and lineage and so on
1
Notice that there are no vocative forms for these pronouns.
Amhākaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho hoti (gen. plur.)

Asmākaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho hoti
Amhaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho hoti
This is our (masculine) possession
Mayi purisasmiṁ pasīdati yo koci (loc. sing.)

There is some one who has faith in (masculine) me
Amhesu purisesu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

The mind is well established in (masculine) us
Sentences (feminine):
Ahaṁ kaññā pana puññaṁ karomi (nom. sing.)
I (feminine) do a meritorious deed
Mayaṁ kaññāyo puññāni karoma (nom. plur.)

Amhe kaññāyo puññāni karoma
We (feminine) do meritorious deeds
Mam kaññaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti (acc. sing.)

Mamaṁ kaññaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti
He makes (feminine) me do a meritorious deed
Amhe kaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

Asme kaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti
Amhākaṁ kaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti
Asmākaṁ kaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti
He makes (feminine) us do meritorious deeds
Mayā kaññāya odano paccate (agent. inst. sing.)

The rice is cooked by (feminine) me
Amhehi kaññāhi odano paccate (agent. inst. plur.)

The rice is cooked by (feminine) us
Mayā kaññāya sukhadukkhaṁ pāpuṇāti (inst. sing.)

Because of (feminine) me he attains happiness and unhappiness
Amhehi kaññāhi sukhadukkhaṁ pāpuṇāti (inst. plur.)

Because of (feminine) us he attains happiness and unhappiness
Mama kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti (dat. sing.)

Mayhaṁ kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti
Mamaṁ kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti
Amhaṁ kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti
He gives an ornament to (feminine) me
Amhākaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti (dat. plur.)

Asmākaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti
Amhaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti
He gives an ornament to (feminine) us
Mayā kaññāya ayaṁ kaññā hīṇā apeti (abl. sing.)

This low young girl departs from (feminine) me
Amhehi kaññāhi ayaṁ kaññā adhikā (abl. plur.)

This superior girl departs from (feminine) us
Mama kaññāya vatthābharaṇāni honti (gen. sing.)

Mayhaṁ kaññāya vatthābharaṇāni honti
Mamaṁ kaññāya vatthābharaṇāni honti
Amhaṁ kaññāya vatthābharaṇāni honti
These are (feminine) my clothes and ornaments
Amhākaṁ kaññānaṁ pariggaho hoti (gen. plur.)

Asmākaṁ kaññānaṁ pariggaho hoti
Amhaṁ kaññānaṁ pariggaho hoti
This is (feminine) our possession
Mayi kaññāyaṁ me manaṁ na patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

My mind is not well established in (feminine) me
Amhesu kaññāsu me manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

My mind is well established in (feminine) us
Sentences (neuter):
Ahaṁ cittaṁ pana ārammaṇaṁ vijānāhi (nom. sing.)
I, a heart, know an object
Mayaṁ cittāni ārammaṇaṁ vijānātha (nom. plur.)

Amhe cittāni ārammaṇaṁ vijānātha
We hearts know an object
Mam cittaṁ saññam-esanti ekacce (acc. sing.)

Mamaṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ekacce
Some people seek perception in my heart1
Amhe cittāni saññam-esanti keci (acc. plur.)

Asme cittāni saññam-esanti keci
Amhākaṁ cittāni saññam-esanti keci
Asmākaṁ cittāni saññam-esanti keci
Some seek perception in our hearts
Mayā cittena kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Action and result is experienced by my heart
Amhehi cittehi kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Action and result is experienced by our hearts
Mayā cittena Buddhaṁ sarati sappuriso (inst. sing.)

Because of my heart the good man remembers the Buddha
Amhehi cittehi Buddhaṁ sarati saddho (inst. plur.)

Because of our hearts the faithful man remembers the Buddha
Mama cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci (dat. sing.)

Mayhaṁ cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci
Mamaṁ cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci
Amhaṁ cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci
Some person gives advice to my heart
Amhākaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti keci (dat. plur.)

Asmākaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti keci
Amhaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti keci
Some people give advice to our hearts
Mayā cittasmā pana bhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Fear arises from my heart
Amhehi cittehi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from our hearts
Mama cittassa parivitakko udapādi (gen. sing.)

Mayhaṁ cittassa parivitakko udapādi
Mamaṁ cittassa parivitakko udapādi
Amhaṁ cittassa parivitakko udapādi
Thought arises in my heart
1
The translation from here makes it look like the forms indicate a possessive sense, but this is
not so, it is simply that it is not possible to give a literal translation here.
Amhākaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko hoti (gen. plur.)

Asmākaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko hoti
Amhaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko hoti
Thought arises in our hearts
Mayi citte pana kusalacittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Wholesome thought is well established in my heart
Amhesu cittesu kusalacittāni patiṭṭhitāni (loc. plur.)

Wholesome thoughts are well established in our hearts

4-2: Aliṅgasabbanāmarūpāni – tumha

4-2: Genderless Forms of the (Personal) Pronoun – tumha
Aliṅgatumhasaddo vuccante
The genderless pronoun is illustrated with the word tumha
Abstract (for all three genders): 1

tvaṁ tuvaṁ tumhe nominative - paṭhamā

taṁ tvaṁ tuvaṁ tavaṁ tumhe tumhākaṁ accusative - dutiyā
tayā tvayā tumhehi tumbhehi instrumental - tatiyā
tava tuyhaṁ tavaṁ tumhākaṁ tumhaṁ dative - catutthī
tumhaṁ
tayā tvayā tumhehi tumbhehi ablative - pañcamī
tava tuyhaṁ tavaṁ tumhākaṁ tumhaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
tumhaṁ
tayi tvayi tumhesu locative - sattamī
Tvaṁ pana puriso puññaṁ karohi (nom. sing.)
Tuvaṁ pana puriso puññaṁ karohi
You (masculine) must do a meritorious deed
1
As with the declension of ahaṁ above, the forms for these pronouns are complicated by
being declined on a number of stems, one of which has three alternative forms: tumha, tuṁ
taya/tvaya/tava.
Tumhe purisā puññaṁ karotha (nom. plur.)

You (masculine) do a meritorious deed
Taṁ pana purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti (acc. sing.)

Tvaṁ pana purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti
Tuvaṁ pana purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti
Tavaṁ pana purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti
He makes you (masculine) do a meritorious deed
Tumhe purise puññāni kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

Tumhākaṁ purise puññāni kārāpeti
He makes you (masculine) do meritorious deeds
Tayā purisena odano paccate (agent. inst. sing.)

Tvayā purisena odano paccate
Rice is cooked by (masculine) you
Tumhehi purisehi odano paccante (agent. inst. plur.)

Rice is cooked by (masculine) you
Tayā purisena ekacco jīvati (inst. sing.)

Tvayā purisena ekacco jīvati
Because of (masculine) you some live
Tumhehi purisehi ekacce jīvanti (inst. plur.)

Because of (masculine) you some live
Tava purisassa dhanaṁ deti dhanī (dat. sing.)

Tuyhaṁ purisassa dhanaṁ deti dhanī
Tavaṁ purisassa dhanaṁ deti dhanī
Tumhaṁ purisassa dhanaṁ deti dhanī
The wealthy man gives wealth to (masculine) you
Tumhākaṁ purisānaṁ dhanaṁ deti dhanī (dat. plur.)

Tumhaṁ purisānaṁ dhanaṁ deti dhanī
The wealthy man gives wealth to (masculine) you
Tayā purisamhā apeti yo koci (abl. sing.)

Tvayā purisamhā apeti yo koci
There is some one who departs from (masculine) you
Tumhehi purisehi apenti ye keci (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from (masculine) you
Tava purisassa nāmagottādayo (gen. sing.)

Tuyhaṁ purisassa nāmagottādayo
Tavaṁ purisassa nāmagottādayo
Tumhaṁ purisassa nāmagottādayo
Your (masculine) name and lineage and so on
Tumhākaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho (gen. plur.)

Tumhaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho
Your (masculine) possessions
Tayi purisasmiṁ koci pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Tvayi purisasmiṁ koci pasīdati
Some person has confidence in (masculine) you
Tumhesu purisesu keci pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Some people have confidence in (masculine) you
Tvaṁ itthī pi odanaṁ bhutvā gacchāhi (nom. sing.)
Tuvaṁ itthī pi odanaṁ bhutvā gacchāhi
You (feminine) having eaten the rice, must go
Tumhe itthiyo odanaṁ bhutvā gacchatha (nom. plur.)

You (feminine) having eaten the rice, must go
Taṁ itthiṁ puññaṁ kārayati puriso (acc. sing.)

Tvaṁ itthiṁ puññaṁ kārayati puriso
Tuvaṁ itthiṁ puññaṁ kārayati puriso
Tavaṁ itthiṁ puññaṁ kārayati puriso
The man makes you (feminine) do a meritorious deed
Tumhe itthiyo puññāni kārenti purisā (acc. plur.)

Tumhākaṁ itthiyo puññāni kārenti purisā
The men make you (feminine) do meritorious deeds
Tayā itthiyā pi dhaññaṁ bhajjate (agent. inst. sing.)

Tvayā itthiyā pi dhaññaṁ bhajjate
The corn was roasted by you (feminine)
Tumhehi itthīhi dhaññāni bhajjante (agent. inst. plur.)

The corn was roasted by you (feminine)
Tayā itthiyā dukkhaṁ pāpuṇāti koci (inst. sing.)

Tvayā itthiyā dukkhaṁ pāpuṇāti koci
Because of you (feminine) some will attain suffering
Tumhehi itthīhi sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti sāmi (inst. plur.)

Because of you (feminine) the husband will attain happiness
Tava itthiyā ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi (dat. sing.)

Tuyhaṁ itthiyā ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Tavaṁ itthiyā ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Tumhaṁ itthiyā ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
The husband gives an ornament to you (feminine)
Tumhākaṁ itthīnaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi (dat. plur.)

Tumhaṁ itthīnaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
The husband gives an ornament to you (feminine)
Tayā itthiyā apeti yo koci (abl. sing.)

Tvayā itthiyā apeti yo koci
There is some one who departs from you (feminine)
Tumhehi itthīhi apenti ye keci (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from you (feminine)
Tava itthiyā puttā pi bahavo honti (gen. sing.)

Tuyhaṁ itthiyā puttā pi bahavo honti
Tavaṁ itthiyā puttā pi bahavo honti
Tumhaṁ itthiyā puttā pi bahavo honti
There are many children for you (feminine)
Tumhākaṁ itthīnaṁ vatthābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

There are clothes and ornaments for you (feminine)
Tayi itthiyā pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Tvayi itthiyā pana manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ
The mind is well established in you (feminine)
Tumhesu itthīsu pana manāni patiṭṭhitāni (loc. plur.)

Minds are well established in you (feminine)
Sentences (neuter):
Tvaṁ cittaṁ pana ārammaṇaṁ cintesi (nom. sing.)
Tuvaṁ cittaṁ pana ārammaṇaṁ cintesi
Your heart cognizes an object1
Tumhe cittāni ārammaṇaṁ cintetha (nom. plur.)

Your hearts cognize an object
Taṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci (acc. sing.)

Tvaṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci
Tuvaṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci
Tavaṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci
There are some who seek perception in your heart
Tumhe cittāni saññam-esanti ye keci (acc. plur.)

Tumhākaṁ cittāni saññam-esanti ye keci
there are some who seek perception in your hearts
Tayā cittena kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Tvayā cittena kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ
Action and result is experienced by your heart
Tumhehi cittehi kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Action and result is experienced by your hearts
Tayā cittena Buddhaṁ sarati sappuriso (inst. sing.)

Tvayā cittena Buddhaṁ sarati sappuriso
Because of your heart the good man remembers the Buddha
Tumhehi cittehi Buddhaṁ saranti sappurisā (inst. plur.)

Because of your hearts the good men remember the Buddha
Tava cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci (dat. sing.)

Tuyhaṁ cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci
Tavaṁ cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci
Tumhaṁ cittassa ovādaṁ deti koci
Some person gives advice to your heart
Tumhākaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti keci (dat. plur.)

Tumhaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti keci
Some people give advice to your hearts
1
The translation from here makes it look like the forms indicate a possessive sense, but this is
not so, it is simply that it is not possible to give a literal translation here.
Tayā cittamhā kho pana bhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Tvayā cittamhā kho pana bhayaṁ uppajjati
Fear arises from your heart
Tumhehi cittehi pana bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from your hearts
Tava cittassa parivitakko udapādi (gen. sing.)

Tuyhaṁ cittassa parivitakko udapādi
Tavaṁ cittassa parivitakko udapādi
Tumhaṁ cittassa parivitakko udapādi
Thought arises in your heart
Tumhākaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko udapādi (gen. plur.)

Tumhaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko udapādi
Thought arises in your hearts
Tayi citte kho pana kusalacittaṁ patiṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Tvayi citte kho pana kusalacittaṁ patiṭhitaṁ
Wholesome thought is well established in your heart
Tumhesu cittesu kusalacittāni patiṭṭhitāni (loc. plur.)

Wholesome thoughts are well established in your hearts
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

4-3: Aliṅgasabbanāmarūpāni – vo no te me
4-3: Genderless Forms of the (Personal) Pronoun – vo no te me
Aliṅgavonotemesaddo vuccante1
The genderless pronouns are illustrated with the words vo no te me
1
Here the forms are presented independently but in the Grammars they are normally treated
as part of the amha and tumha declensions.
Abstract (for all three genders):

vo no nominative - paṭhamā
vo no accusative - dutiyā
te me vo no instrumental - tatiyā
te me vo no dative - catutthī
te me vo no genitive - chaṭṭhī
Sentences (enclitics):1
Gāmaṁ vo pana gaccheyyātha (nom. plur.)
You should go to the village
Gāmaṁ no pana gaccheyyāma (nom. plur.)

We should go to the village
Pahāya vo bhikkhave gamissāmi (acc. plur.)

Having abandoned you, monks, I will go
Mā no ajja pana vikanti (acc. plur.)

Don’t cut us off today
Katam-eva te pana taṁ kammaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

The deed that was done by you
Katam-eva me pana taṁ kammaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

The deed that was done by me
Katam-eva vo pana kusalakammaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

The wholesome deed that was done by you
Katam-eva no pana kusalakammaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

The wholesome deed that was done by us
Dadāmi te pana gāmavarāni pañca (dat. sing.)

I will give five excellent villages to you
Dadāhi me gāmavaraṁ tvam-pi (dat. sing.)

You must give an excellent village to me
1
Enclitics only appear mid-sentence.
Dhammaṁ vo bhikkhave desissāmi (dat. plur.)

I will teach, monks, the Dhamma to you
Saṁvibhājetha no rajjena (dat. plur.)

You must divide the kingdom for us
Manussasseva te sīsaṁ pana (gen. sing.)

The man’s head for you
Pahūtaṁ me pana dhanaṁ Sakka (gen. sing.)

Sakyan, there is much wealth for me
Tuṭṭhosmi yā vo pana pakatiyā (gen. plur.)

By your nature there is satisfaction
Satthā no Bhagavā anuppatto (gen. plur.)

The Gracious One, our Teacher, arrived
Vo no te me ti rūpāni padāni padato yato

The vo no te me forms occur (occasionally) from line to line
Tato nāmikapantīsu natū vuttāni tāni me.

Therefore in the lines of nouns they were illustrated by me.
Paccatte upayoge ca karaṇe sampadāniye

In the nominative,1 accusative, intrumental, and dative
Sāmissa vacane ceva vo no saddo pavattati.

And in the genitive cases the vo no words are found.
Karaṇe sampadāne ca sāmi-atthe ca āgato

In the (words having) instrumental, dative, and genitive meaning
Te me saddo ti – viññeyyo viññunā nayadassinā ti.

The te me words (are found) – the wise should know the method.

Iti Navapadamañjariyā Aliṅgasabbanāmānaṁ

Such are the Genderless Pronouns in the New Collection of Sentences
Catuttho Paricchedo Samatto

The Fourth Chapter is Complete
1
I cannot find vo and no being used as nominatives in Pāḷi literature, or in any of the
Grammars I have access to, so this usage seems very doubtful.
93
Pañcamo Paricchedo, Sabbanāmaṁ

Chapter Five, Pronouns
5-1: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – ta
5-1: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – ta
Atha Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni ta-saddo vuccante
Now the forms of the (Demonstrative) Masculine Pronoun1
are illustrated with the declineable word ta
Abstract:
so sa te nominative - paṭhamā
taṁ te accusative - dutiyā
tena tehi tebhi instrumental - tatiyā
tassa tesaṁ tesānaṁ dative - catutthī
tasmā tamhā tehi tebhi ablative - pañcamī
tassa tesaṁ tesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
tasmiṁ tamhi tesu locative - sattamī
So sūdajeṭṭho sūdena odanaṁ pāceti (nom. sing.)
Sa sūdajeṭṭho sūdena odanaṁ pāceti
He, the elder cook, cooked the rice with the (younger) cook
Te sūdajeṭṭhā sūdehi odanaṁ pācenti (nom. plur.)

They, the elder cooks, cooked the rice with the (younger) cooks
Taṁ Yaññadattaṁ kambalaṁ yācate brāhmaṇo (acc. sing.)

The brahmin begs for the blanket (belonging to) that Yaññadatta
Te Yaññadatte kambalaṁ yācante brāhmaṇā (acc. plur.)

The brahmins beg for the blanket (belonging to) those Yaññadattas
Tena brāhmaṇena gahapatidhanaṁ yācīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The householder’s wealth is begged for by that brahmin
1
There is a similar form declined on the stem na that is not illustrated here. It seems to occur
only in accusative (naṁ, ne), dative, and genitive (nassa, nesaṁ, nesānaṁ) cases, with the same
meanings.
Pronouns - 94
Tehi sissehi garu satthaṁ pucchīyate (agent. inst. plur.)

The arts teacher is questioned by those students
Tena pupphena Buddhaṁ yajati sappuriso (inst. sing.)

The good man worships the Buddha with that flower
Tehi pupphehi Buddhaṁ yajanti sappurisā (inst. plur.)

The good men worship the Buddha with those flowers
Tassa bhikkhussa dānaṁ deti sappuriso (dat. sing.)

The good man gives a gift to that monk
Tesaṁ yācakānaṁ dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā (dat. plur.)

Tesānaṁ yācakānaṁ dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā
The wealthy man gives wealth to those beggars
Tasmā Himavatā pabhavanti pañcamahānadiyo (abl. sing.)

Tamhā Himavatā pabhavanti pañcamahānadiyo
Five great rivers flow down from that Himalayan (mountain)
Tehi Dhammehi suddho asaṁsaṭṭho sacco uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

The pure unmixed truth arises from those Teachings
Tassa Buddhassa suddho Dhammo hoti (gen. sing.)

This is that Buddha’s pure Dhamma
Tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ yeva pattacīvarāni honti (gen. plur.)

Tesānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ yeva pattacīvarāni honti
These are those monks’ bowls and robes
Tasmiṁ āsane yeva nisīdati bhikkhu (loc. sing.)

Tamhi āsane yeva nisīdati bhikkhu
The monk sits on that seat
Tesu bhikkhūsu pana me mano ramati (loc. plur.)

My mind delights in those bhikkhus

5-2: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – tā
5-2: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – tā
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni tā-saddo vuccante
The forms of the (Demonstrative) Feminine Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word tā
Pronouns - 95
Abstract:
sā tā tāyo nominative - paṭhamā

taṁ tā tāyo accusative - dutiyā
tāya tāhi tābhi instrumental - tatiyā
tāya tassā tissā tissāya tāsaṁ tāsānaṁ dative - catutthī
tāya tāhi tābhi ablative - pañcamī
tāya tassā tissā tissāya tāsaṁ tāsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
tayaṁ tassaṁ tāsaṁ tāsu locative - sattamī
tissaṁ
Sā khattiyakaññā pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)
That noble girl accumulates abundant merit
Tā khattiyakaññāyo bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)

Tāyo khattiyakaññāyo bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti
Those noble girls accumulate abundant merit
Taṁ khattīyakaññaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti Rājā (acc. sing.)

The King made that noble girl do a meritorious deed
Tā khattiyakaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti Rājā (acc. plur.)

Tāyo khattiyakaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti Rājā
The King made those noble girls do a meritorious deed
Tāya khattiyakaññāya puññaṁ kārāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

A meritorious deed is done by that noble girl
Tāhi khattiyakaññāhi puññaṁ kārāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

A meritorious deed was done by those noble girls
Tāya khattiyakaññāya mahājano sucarati (inst. sing.)

The people live well because of that noble girl
Tāhi khattiyakaññāhi mahājanā sucaranti (inst. plur.)

The people live well because of those noble girls
Tāya khattiyakaññāya upatiṭṭheyya amacco (dat. sing.)

Tassā khattiyakaññāya upatiṭṭheyya amacco
Tissā khattiyakaññāya upatiṭṭheyya amacco
Tissāya khattiyakaññāya upatiṭṭheyya amacco
The colleague can attend to that noble girl
Pronouns - 96
Tāsaṁ khattiyakaññānaṁ upatiṭṭheyyuṁ amaccā (dat. plur.)

Tāsānaṁ khattiyakaññānaṁ upatiṭṭheyyuṁ amaccā
The colleagues can attend to those noble girls
Tāya khattiyakaññāya pana bhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Fear arises from that noble girl
Tāhi khattiyakaññāhi pana bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from those noble girls
Tāya khattiyakaññāya pana vatthābharaṇāni (gen. sing.)

Tassā khattiyakaññāya pana vatthābharaṇāni
Tissā khattiyakaññāya pana vatthābharaṇāni
Tissāya khattiyakaññāya pana vatthābharaṇāni
That noble girl’s clothes and ornaments
Tāsaṁ khattiyakaññānaṁ vatthābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

Tāsānaṁ khattiyakaññānaṁ vatthābharaṇāni honti
These are those noble girls’ clothes and ornaments
Tāyaṁ khattiyakaññāyaṁ pasīdati yo koci (loc. sing.)

Tassaṁ khattiyakaññāyaṁ pasīdati yo koci
Tāsaṁ khattiyakaññāyaṁ pasīdati yo koci
Tissaṁ khattiyakaññāyaṁ pasīdati yo koci
There is some one who has confidence in that noble girl
Tāsu khattiyakaññāsu pasīdanti ye keci (loc. plur.)

There are some who have confidence in those noble girls
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

5-3: Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni – taṁ

5-3: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – taṁ
Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni taṁ-saddo vuccante
The forms of the (Demonstrative) Neuter Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word taṁ
Pronouns - 97
Abstract:
taṁ te tāni nominative - paṭhamā

taṁ te tāni accusative - dutiyā
tena tehi tebhi instrumental - tatiyā
tassa tesaṁ tesānaṁ dative - catutthī
tasmā tamhā tehi tebhi ablative - pañcamī
tassa tesaṁ tesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
tasmiṁ tamhi tesu locative - sattamī
Sentences (neuter):
Taṁ kulaṁ niccaṁ bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)
That family always accumulates abundant merit
Te kulāni pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)

Tāni kulāni pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti
Those families always accumulate abundant merit
Taṁ kulaṁ uddissa puññaṁ karoti koci (acc. sing.)

Some one does a meritorious deed on behalf of that family
Te kulāni uddissa puññāni karonti keci (acc. plur.)

Tāni kulāni uddissa puññāni karonti keci
Some do meritorious deeds on behalf of those families
Tena kulena puññakammaṁ kārāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

A meritorious deed is done by that family
Tehi kulehi puññakammaṁ kārāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

A meritorious deed was done by those families
Tena kulena bahujjano sucarati (inst. sing.)

Because of that family the mass of the people live happily
Tehi kulehi bahujjanā sucaranti (caus.inst. plur.)

Because of those families the mass of the people live happily
Tassa kulassa upakārañ-ca akāsi (dat. sing.)

He gave help to that family
Pronouns - 98
Tesaṁ kulānaṁ upakārañ-ca akaṁsu (dat. plur.)

Tesānaṁ kulānaṁ upakārañ-ca akaṁsu
They gave help to those families
Tasmā kulamhā yo koci apeti (abl. sing.)

Tamhā kulamhā yo koci apeti
There is some one who departs from that family
Tehi kulehi ye keci apenti (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from that family
Tassa kulassa mahābhogo hoti (gen. sing.)

This is that family’s great riches
Tesaṁ kulānaṁ mahaddhano ca hoti (gen. plur.)

Tesānaṁ kulānaṁ mahaddhano ca hoti (gen. plur.)
This is those families’ great wealth
Tasmiṁ kulasmiṁ pasīdati yo koci (loc. sing.)

Tamhi kulasmiṁ pasīdati yo koci
There is some one who has faith in that family
Tesu kulesu pasīdanti ye keci (loc. plur.)

There are some who have faith in those families
Iti Tatiyo Pāṭho

Pronouns - 99
5-4: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – eta

5-4: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – eta
Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni eta-saddo vuccante
Now the forms of the (Demonstrative) Masculine Pronoun
1
are illustrated with the declineable word eta
Abstract:
eso esa ete nominative - paṭhamā

etaṁ ete accusative - dutiyā
etena etehi etebhi instrumental - tatiyā
etassa etesaṁ etesānaṁ dative - catutthī
etasmā etamhā etehi etebhi ablative - pañcamī
etassa etesaṁ etesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
etasmiṁ etamhi etesu locative - sattamī
Eso sisso ca garuṁ Dhammaṁ pucchati (nom. sing.)
Esa sisso ca garuṁ Dhammaṁ pucchati
This student asks the teacher about Dhamma
Ete sissā ca garuṁ Dhammaṁ pucchanti (nom. plur.)

These students ask the teacher about Dhamma
Etaṁ sissaṁ Dhammaṁ bodhayati garu (acc. sing.)

The teacher makes this student understand the Dhamma
Ete sisse Dhammaṁ bodhayanti garū (acc. plur.)

The teachers make these students understand the Dhamma
Etena garunā sisso Dhammaṁ bodhāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The student is made to understand the Dhamma by this teacher
Etehi garūhi sisso Dhammaṁ bodhāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The student was made to understand the Dhamma by these teachers
1
The declension is the same as for ta, tā, and taṁ, with the simple addition of e- at the
beginning of the words. As with ta and na there is a similar form declined on the stem ena that
is not illustrated here. It seems to occur only in accusative (enaṁ), dative, and genitive (enassa,
enesaṁ, enesānaṁ) cases.
Pronouns - 100
Etena garunaṁ sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti sisso (inst. sing.)

Because of the teacher the students attains happiness
Etehi garūhi sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti sissā (inst. plur.)

Because of the teachers the students attain happiness
Etassa garuno sakkāraṁ karoti sisso (dat. sing.)

The student pays his respects to the teacher
Etesaṁ garūnaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti sissā (dat. plur.)

Etesānaṁ garūnaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti sissā
The students pay their respects to the teachers
Etasmā garunā pana antaradhāyati sisso (abl. sing.)

Etamhā garunā pana antaradhāyati sisso
The student departs from the teacher
Etehi garūhi pana antaradhāyanti sissā (abl. plur.)

The students depart from the teachers
Etassa garuno antevāsikā bahavo (gen. sing.)

The teacher has many pupils
Etesaṁ garūnaṁ antevāsikā bahavo (gen. plur.)

Etesānaṁ garūnaṁ antevāsikā bahavo
The teachers have many pupils
Etasmiṁ garumhi pasīdati antevāsiko (loc. sing.)

Etamhi garumhi pasīdati antevāsiko
The pupil has confidence in the teacher
Etesu garūsu pasīdanti antevāsikā (loc. plur.)

The pupils have confidence in the teachers

Such is Fourth Lesson
Pronouns - 101
5-5: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – etā

5-5: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – etā
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni etā-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word etā
Abstract:
esā etā etāyo nominative - paṭhamā

etaṁ etā etāyo accusative - dutiyā
etāya etāhi etābhi instrumental - tatiyā
etāya etassā etissā etāsaṁ etāsānaṁ dative - catutthī
etissāya
etāya etāhi etābhi ablative - pañcamī
etāya etassā etissā etesaṁ etesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
etissāya
etayaṁ etassaṁ etāsaṁ etāsu locative - sattamī
etissaṁ
Esā vanitā pana dāsiṁ kammaṁ kārāpeti (nom. sing.)
This woman makes the servant work
Etā vanitāyo dāsiṁ kammaṁ kārāpenti (nom. plur.)

Etāyo vanitāyo dāsiṁ kammaṁ kārāpenti
These women make the servant work
Etaṁ vanitaṁ puññaṁ kārayati puriso (acc. sing.)

The man makes this woman do a meritorious deed
Etā vanitāyo puññaṁ kārayanti purisā (acc. plur.)

Etāyo vanitāyo puññaṁ kārayanti purisā
The men make these women do a meritorious deed
Etāya vanitāya odano pacitvā bhujjate (agent. inst. sing.)

Having cooked the rice, it is eaten by this woman
Etāhi vanitāhi odano pacitvā bhutto (agent. inst. plur.)

Having cooked the rice, it is eaten by these women
Etāya vanitāya koci jīvikaṁ kappeti (inst. sing.)

Because of this woman some person makes a livelihood
Pronouns - 102
Etāhi vanitāhi keci jīvikaṁ kappenti (inst. plur.)

Because of these women some people make a livelihood
Etayā vanitāya pilandhanaṁ deti puriso (dat. sing.)

Etassā vanitāya pilandhanaṁ deti puriso
Etissā vanitāya pilandhanaṁ deti puriso
Etissāya vanitāya pilandhanaṁ deti puriso
The man gives an ornament to this woman
Etāsaṁ vanitānaṁ pilandhanaṁ denti purisā (dat. plur.)

Etāsānaṁ vanitānaṁ pilandhanaṁ denti purisā
The men give an ornament to these women
Etāya vanitāya pana yo koci apeti (abl. sing.)

There is some one who departs from this woman
Etāhi vanitāhi pana ye keci apenti (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from these women
Etayā vanitāya pana vatthābharaṇāni honti (gen. sing.)

Etassā vanitāya pana vatthābharaṇāni honti
Etissā vanitāya pana vatthābharaṇāni honti
Etissāya vanitāya pana vatthābharaṇāni honti
This is this woman’s clothes and ornaments
Etāsaṁ vanitānaṁ nāmagottādayo (gen. plur.)

Etāsānaṁ vanitānaṁ nāmagottādayo
These womens’ name and lineage and so on
Etayaṁ vanitāyaṁ abhiramati ekacco (loc. sing.)

Etassaṁ vanitāyaṁ abhiramati ekacco
Etāsaṁ vanitāyaṁ abhiramati ekacco
Etissaṁ vanitāyaṁ abhiramati ekacco
Some person greatly delights in this woman
Etāsu vanitāsu abhiramanti ekacce (loc. plur.)

Some people greatly delight in these women

Pronouns - 103
5-6: Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni – etaṁ

5-6: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – etaṁ
Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni etaṁ-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word etaṁ
Abstract:
etaṁ ete etāni nominative - paṭhamā

etaṁ ete etāni accusative - dutiyā
etena etehi etebhi instrumental - tatiyā
etassa etesaṁ etesānaṁ dative - catutthī
etasmā etamhā etehi etebhi ablative - pañcamī
etassa etesaṁ etesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
etasmiṁ etamhi etesu locative - sattamī
Etaṁ kulaṁ pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)
This family accumulates abundant merit
Ete kulāni bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)

Etāni kulāni bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti
These families accumulate abundant merit
Etaṁ kulaṁ pana passati yo koci (acc. sing.)

There is some one who sees this family
Ete kulāni pana passanti ye keci (acc. plur.)

Etāni kulāni pana passanti ye keci
There are some who see these families
Etena kulena Saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The Saṅgha are served the meal by this family
Etehi kulehi Saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpīto (agent. inst. plur.)

The Saṅgha were served the meal by these families
Etena kulena pana jano sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti (inst. sing.)

Because of this family the people attain happiness
Etehi kulehi pana janā sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti (inst. plur.)

Because of these families the people attain happiness
Pronouns - 104
Etassa kulassa kho pana dhanaṁ dadāti dhanavā (dat. sing.)

The wealthy man gives wealth to this family
Etesaṁ kulānaṁ pana dhanaṁ dadanti dhanavantā (dat. plur.)

Etesānaṁ kulānaṁ pana dhanaṁ dadanti dhanavantā
The wealthy men give wealth to these families
Etasmā kulamhā kho pana ekacco na apeti (abl. sing.)

Etamhā kulamhā kho pana ekacco na apeti
Some person does not departs from this family
Etehi kulehi kho pana ekacce na apenti (abl. plur.)

Some people do not depart from these families
Etassa kulassa pana mahābhogo hoti (gen. sing.)

This is this family’s great riches
Etesaṁ kulānaṁ pana mahābhogā honti (gen. plur.)

Etesānaṁ kulānaṁ pana mahābhogā honti
This is these families’ great riches
Etasmiṁ kulamhi pana me mano ramati (loc. sing.)

Etamhi kulamhi pana me mano ramati
My mind delights in this family
Etesu kulesu no manāni na ramanti (loc. plur.)

Our minds do not delight in these families
Iti Caṭṭho Pāṭho

Pronouns - 105
5-7: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – a, ima

5-7: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – a, ima
Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni ima-saddo vuccante
1
are illustrated with the declineable word ima
Abstract:
ayaṁ ime nominative - paṭhamā

imaṁ ime accusative - dutiyā
anena iminā ehi ebhi imehi imehbi instrumental - tatiyā
assa imassa esaṁ esānaṁ imesaṁ dative - catutthī
imesānaṁ
asmā imasmā imamhā ehi ebhi imehi imehbi ablative - pañcamī
assa imassa imesaṁ imesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
asmiṁ imasmiṁ imamhi esu imesu locative - sattamī
Ayaṁ jano pana taṁ purisaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti (nom. sing.)
This man makes that man do a meritorious deed
Ime janā te purise puññaṁ kārāpenti (nom. plur.)

These men make those men do a meritorious deed
Imaṁ janaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti sappuriso (acc. sing.)

The good man makes this man do a meritorious deed
Ime jane puññaṁ kārāpenti sappurisā (acc. plur.)

The good men make these men do a meritorious deed
Anena janena kammaphalaṁ anubhūyate (agent. inst. sing.)

Iminā janena kammaphalaṁ anubhūyate
Action and result is experienced by this man
1
The declension is complicated by there being four stems that the forms are declined on: a,
ana, i (which gives rise to masculine and feminine ayaṁ and neuter idaṁ), and ima. It appears
the former stems are original, but are gradually supplanted by the ima stem (see Geiger §108).
Pronouns - 106
Ehi janehi kammaphalāni anubhuttāni (agent. inst. plur.)

Imehi janehi kammaphalāni anubhuttāni
Actions and results are experienced by these men
Anena janena yo koci sucarati (inst. sing.)

Iminā janena yo koci sucarati
Because of this man there is some one who lives happily
Ehi janehi ye keci sucaranti (inst. plur.)

Imehi janehi ye keci sucaranti
Because of these men there are some who live happily
Assa janassa sakkārañ-ca karoti (dat. sing.)

Imassa janassa sakkārañ-ca karoti
He pays respect to this man
Esaṁ janānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti (dat. plur.)

Esānaṁ janānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti
Imesaṁ janānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti
Imesānaṁ janānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti
They pay respect to these men
Asmā janamhā viññutaṁ pattosmi (abl. sing.)

Imasmā janamhā viññutaṁ pattosmi
Imamhā janamhā viññutaṁ pattosmi
I reached discretion through this man
Ehi janehi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Imehi janehi bhayāni uppajjanti
Fears arise from these men
Assa janassa khettavatthūni honti (gen. sing.)

Imassa janassa khettavatthūni honti
These are this man’s grounds and fields
Imesaṁ janānañ-ca pahūtadhanadhaññāni (gen. plur.)

Imesānaṁ janānañ-ca pahūtadhanadhaññāni
These mens’ abundant wealth and riches
Asmiṁ janasmiṁ pasīdati yo koci (loc. sing.)

Imasmiṁ janasmiṁ pasīdati yo koci
Imamhi janasmiṁ pasīdati yo koci
There is some one who has confidence in this man
Pronouns - 107
Esu janesu pasīdanti ye keci (loc. plur.)

Imesu janesu pasīdanti ye keci
There are some who have confidence in these men

5-8: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – ā, imā

5-8: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – ā, imā
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni imaṁ-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word imā
Abstract:
ayaṁ imā imāyo nominative - paṭhamā

imaṁ imā imāyo accusative - dutiyā
imāya imāhi imābhi instrumental - tatiyā
assā assāya imāya imassā āsaṁ imāsaṁ imāsānaṁ dative - catutthī
imissā imissāya
imāya imāhi imābhi ablative - pañcamī

assā assāya imāya imassā āsaṁ imesaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
imissā imissāya
assaṁ imayaṁ imissaṁ imesānaṁ locative - sattamī

imissā imāsu
Ayaṁ kaññā pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)
This girl accumulates abundant merit
Imā kaññāyo bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)

Imāyo kaññāyo bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti
These girls accumulate abundant merit
Imaṁ kaññaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti Mātā (acc. sing.)

The Mother made this girl do a meritorious deed
Pronouns - 108
Imā kaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti mātā (acc. plur.)

Imāyo kaññāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti mātā
The Mother made these girls do a meritorious deed
Imāya kaññāya pana tilāni bhajjīyante (agent. inst. sing.)

The sesame seeds are roasted by this girl
Imāhi kaññāhi pana dhaññāni bhajjīyante (agent. inst. plur.)

The corn is roasted by these girls
Imāya kaññāya sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti Mātā (inst. sing.)

Because of this girl the Mother attained happiness
Imāhi kaññāhi sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti Mātā (inst. plur.)

Because of these girls the Mother attained happiness
Assā kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi (dat. sing.)

Assāya kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Imāya kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Imassā kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Imissā kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Imissāya kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
The husband gave an ornament to this girl
Āsaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi (dat. plur.)

Imāsaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
Imāsānaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmi
The husband gave an ornament to these girls
Imāya kaññāya pana apeti yo koci (abl. sing.)

There is some one who departs from this girl
Imāhi kaññāhi pana apeti yo koci (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from these girls
Assā kaññāya pana ābharaṇāni honti (gen. sing.)

Assāya kaññāya pana ābharaṇāni honti
Imāya kaññāya pana ābharaṇāni honti
Imassā kaññāya pana ābharaṇāni honti
Imissā kaññāya pana ābharaṇāni honti
Imissāya kaññāya pana ābharaṇāni honti
These are this girl’s ornaments
Āsaṁ kaññānaṁ pana ābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

Imesaṁ kaññānaṁ pana ābharaṇāni honti
These are these girls’ ornaments
Assaṁ kaññāyaṁ pana cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Imayaṁ kaññāyaṁ pana cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ
Pronouns - 109
Imissaṁ kaññāyaṁ pana cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ

Imissā kaññāyaṁ pana cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ
The mind is well established in this girl
Imesānaṁ kaññāsu cittaṁ pana na patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Imāsu kaññāsu cittaṁ pana na patiṭṭhitaṁ
The mind is not well established in these girls

Such is the Eighth Lesson
Pronouns - 110
5-9: Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni – a, imaṁ

5-9: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – a, imaṁ
Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni imaṁ-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word imaṁ
Abstract:
idaṁ imaṁ ime imāni nominative - paṭhamā

idaṁ imaṁ ime imāni accusative - dutiyā
anena iminā ehi ebhi imehi imehbi instrumental - tatiyā
assa imassa esaṁ esānaṁ imesaṁ dative - catutthī
imesānaṁ
asmā imasmā imamhā ehi ebhi imehi imehbi ablative - pañcamī
assa imassa imesaṁ imesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
asmiṁ imasmiṁ imamhi esu imesu locative - sattamī
Idaṁ cittaṁ pana attano santānaṁ vijānāti (nom. sing.)
Imaṁ cittaṁ pana attano santānaṁ vijānāti
This heart knows its own continuity
Ime cittāni attano santānaṁ vijānanti (nom. plur.)

Imāni cittāni attano santānaṁ vijānanti
These hearts know their own continuity
Idaṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci (acc. sing.)

Imaṁ cittaṁ saññam-esanti ye keci
There are some who seek perception in this heart
Ime citte saññam-esanti ye keci (acc. plur.)

Imāni citte saññam-esanti ye keci
There are some who seek perception in these hearts
Anena cittena sabbo pi jano niyyati (agent. inst. sing.)

Iminā cittena sabbo pi jano niyyati
All people are led by this heart
Ehi cittehi sabbe janā niyyanti (agent. inst. plur.)

Imehi cittehi sabbe janā niyyanti
All people are led by these hearts
Pronouns - 111
Anena cittena yo koci saṁkilissati (inst. sing.)

Iminā cittena yo koci saṁkilissati
Because of this heart some one who will be defiled
Ehi cittehi yo koci visujjhati (inst. plur.)

Imehi cittehi yo koci visujjhati
Because of these hearts some one who will be purified
Assa cittassa ovādaṁ deti yo koci (dat. sing.)

Imassa cittassa ovādaṁ deti yo koci
There is some one who gives advice to this heart
Esaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti ye keci (dat. plur.)

Esānaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti ye keci
Imesaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti ye keci
Imesānaṁ cittānaṁ ovādaṁ denti ye keci
There is some who give advice to these hearts
Asmā cittamhā ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Imasmā cittamhā ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
Imamhā cittamhā ārammaṇaṁ uppajjati
A sense-object arises in this heart
Ehi cittehi ārammaṇāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Imehi cittehi ārammaṇāni uppajjanti
Sense-objects arise in these hearts
Assa cittassa aniccadhammassa vasam-anvagū (gen. sing.)

Imassa cittassa aniccadhammassa vasam-anvagū
The heart’s impermanent nature is influential
Imesaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko udapādi (gen. plur.)

Imesānaṁ cittānaṁ parivitakko udapādi
These hearts’ reflection arise
Asmiṁ citte arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Imasmiṁ citte arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Imamhi citte arakkhite kāyakammaṁ arakkhitaṁ
Lack of protection in bodily action (lies in) the lack of protection in the heart
Esu cittesu guttesu kāyakammaṁ rakkhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Imesu cittesu guttesu kāyakammaṁ rakkhitaṁ (loc. plur.)
Protection of bodily action (lies in) guarding the hearts
Iti Navamo Pāṭho

Pronouns - 112
5-10: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – amu

5-10: Masculine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – amu
Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni amu-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word amu
Abstract:
asu amu amū amūyo nominative - paṭhamā

amuṁ amū amūyo accusative - dutiyā
amunā amūhi amūhbi instrumental - tatiyā
adussa amussa amūsaṁ amūsānaṁ dative - catutthī
amusmā amumhā amūhi amūhbi ablative - pañcamī
adussa amussa amūsaṁ amūsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
amusmiṁ amumhi amūsu locative - sattamī
Asu Mahārājā catīhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṁ toseti (nom. sing.)
Amu Mahārājā catīhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṁ toseti
That Great King satisfied the people with the four bases of kindliness1
Amū Mahārājāno catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṁ tosenti (nom. plur.)

Amūyo Mahārājāno catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṁ tosenti
Those Great Kings satisfied the people with the four bases of kindliness
Amuṁ Mahārājānaṁ sakkaccaṁ upasaṅkamati mahājano (acc. sing.)

The people respectfully approach that Great King
Amū Mahārājāno sakkaccaṁ upasaṅkamati mahājano (acc. plur.)

Amūyo Mahārājāno sakkaccaṁ upasaṅkamati mahājano
The people respectfully approach those Great Kings
Amunā Mahārājena pi mahāpāsādo kārāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The great palace is built by that Great King
Amūhi Mahārājehi Mahāvihāro pi kārāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The Great Monastery was built by those Great Kings
1
The saṅgahavatthu are dāna (liberality); peyyavajja (kindly speech); atthacariya (beneficial
actions); and samānattatā (equanimity).
Pronouns - 113
Amunā Mahārājena kho pana mahājano sucarati (inst. sing.)

Because of that Great King the mass of the people live happily
Amūhi Mahārājehi kho pana mahājano sucarati (inst. plur.)

Because of those Great Kings the mass of the people live happily
Adussa Mahārājino paṇṇākāraṁ deti mahājano (dat. sing.)

Amussa Mahārājino paṇṇākāraṁ deti mahājano
The mass of the people give a present to that Great King
Amūsaṁ Mahārājānaṁ paṇṇākāraṁ denti mahājanā (dat. plur.)

Amūsānaṁ Mahārājānaṁ paṇṇākāraṁ denti mahājanā
The mass of the people give a present to those Great Kings
Amusmā Mahārājamhā pana mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Amumhā Mahārājamhā pana mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati
Fear arises from that Great King
Amūhi Mahārājehi mahabbhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from those Great Kings
Adussa Mahārājino vappamaṅgalañ-ca hoti (gen. sing.)

Amussa Mahārājino vappamaṅgalañ-ca hoti
This is that Great King’s sowing festival
Amūsaṁ Mahārājānaṁ vappamaṅgalāni honti (gen. plur.)

Amūsānaṁ Mahārājānaṁ vappamaṅgalāni honti
These are those Great Kings’ sowing festivals
Amusmiṁ Mahārāje kho pana mahājano pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Amumhi Mahārāje kho pana mahājano pasīdati
The mass of the people have confidence in that Great King
Amūsu Mahārājesu kho pana mahājanā pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

The mass of the people have confidence in those Great Kings
Iti Dasamo Pāṭho

Pronouns - 114
5-11: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – amu

5-11: Feminine Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – amu
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni amu-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word amu
Abstract:
asu amū amuyo nominative - paṭhamā

amuṁ amū amuyo accusative - dutiyā
amuyā amūhi amūhbi instrumental - tatiyā
amuyā amussā amūsaṁ amūsānaṁ dative - catutthī
amuyā amūhi amūhbi ablative - pañcamī
amuyā amussā amūsaṁ amūsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
amuyaṁ amussaṁ amūsu locative - sattamī
Asu upāsikā pana sakkaccaṁ Dhammaṁ suṇāti (nom. sing.)
That lay woman listens respectfully to the Dhamma
Amū upāsikāyo sakkaccaṁ Dhammaṁ suṇanti (nom. plur.)

Amuyo upāsikāyo sakkaccaṁ Dhammaṁ suṇanti
Those lay women listens respectfully to the Dhamma
Amuṁ upāsikaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho (acc. sing.)

Faith makes that lay woman do a meritorious deed
Amū upāsikāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho (acc. plur.)

Amuyo upāsikāyo puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho
Faith makes those lay women do a meritorious deed
Amuyā upāsikāya bhikkhu bhattaṁ bhojāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

A monk is served food by that lay woman
Amūhi upāsikāhi Saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The Saṅgha is served food by those lay women
Amuyā upāsikāya yo koci pana sucarati (inst. sing.)

Because of that lay woman there is some one who live happily
Pronouns - 115
Amūhi upāsikāhi ye keci pana sucaranti (inst. plur.)

Because of those lay women there are some who live happily
Amuyā upāsikāya dānaṁ deti sappuriso (dat. sing.)

Amussā upāsikāya dānaṁ deti sappuriso
The good man gives a gift to that lay woman
Amūsaṁ upāsikānaṁ dānaṁ denti sappurisā (dat. plur.)

Amūsānaṁ upāsikānaṁ dānaṁ denti sappurisā
The good men give a gift to those lay women
Amuyā upāsikāyapi yo koci apeti (abl. sing.)

There is some one who departs from that lay woman
Amūhi upāsikāhi ye keci pana apenti (abl. plur.)

There are some who depart from those lay women
Amuyā upāsikāya puttā pi bahavo honti (gen. sing.)

Amussā upāsikāya puttā pi bahavo honti
There are many children for that lay woman
Amūsaṁ upāsikānaṁ parisā pi bahavo (gen. plur.)

Amūsānaṁ upāsikānaṁ parisā pi bahavo
Those lay womens’ great company
Amuyaṁ upāsikāyaṁ yo koci pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Amussaṁ upāsikāyaṁ yo koci pasīdati
There is some one who has confidence in that lay woman
Amūsu upāsikāsu pana ye keci pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

There are some who have confidence in those lay women

Pronouns - 116
5-12: Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni – amuṁ

5-12: Neuter Forms of the (Demonstrative) Pronoun – amuṁ
Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni imaṁ-saddo vuccante
are illustrated with the declineable word amuṁ
Abstract:
aduṁ amū amūni nominative - paṭhamā

aduṁ amuṁ amū amūni accusative - dutiyā
amunā amūhi amūhbi instrumental - tatiyā
adussa amussa amūsaṁ amūsānaṁ dative - catutthī
amusmā amumhā amūhi amūhbi ablative - pañcamī
adussa amussa amūsaṁ amūsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
amusmiṁ amumhi amūsu locative - sattamī
Sentences (neuter):
Aduṁ dhanavaṁ niccaṁ bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)
That wealthy man always accumlates abundant merit
Amū dhanavantāni bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)

Amūni dhanavantāni bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti
That wealthy men always accumlate abundant merit
Aduṁ dhanavantaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho (acc. sing.)

Amuṁ dhanavantaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho
Faith makes that wealthy man do a meritorious deed
Amū dhanavantāni puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho (acc. plur.)

Amūni dhanavantāni puññaṁ kārāpeti saddho
Faith makes those wealthy men do a meritorious deed
Amunā dhanavantena bhikkhu bhattaṁ bhojāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

A monk is served food by that wealthy man
Amūhi dhanavantehi bhikkhu bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

A monk was served food by those wealthy men
Amunā dhanavantena mahājano pi sukhī jāto (inst. sing.)

Because of that wealthy man the mass of the people become happy
Pronouns - 117
Amūhi dhanavattehi mahājano pi sukhī jāto (inst. plur.)

Because of those wealthy men the mass of the people become happy
Adussa1 dhanavantassa suvaṇṇachattaṁ dhārayate (dat. sing.)

Amussa dhanavantassa suvaṇṇachattaṁ dhārayate
He carries a golden sunshade for that wealthy man
Amūsaṁ dhanavantānaṁ upatiṭṭheyya ekacco (dat. plur.)

Amūsānaṁ dhanavantānaṁ upatiṭṭheyya ekacco
Some can attend to those wealthy men
Amusmā dhanavantamhā lābhasakkāraṁ labheyya (abl. sing.)

Amumhā dhanavantamhā lābhasakkāraṁ labheyya
He can receive gain and respect from that wealthy man
Amūhi dhanavantehi lābhasakkārāni labheyyuṁ (abl. plur.)

They can receive gain and respect from those wealthy men
Adussa dhanavantassa mahāparivāro atthi (gen. sing.)

Amussa dhanavantassa mahāparivāro atthi
There is a great retinue for that wealthy man
Amūsaṁ dhanavantānaṁ mahāparivārā vijjanti (gen. plur.)

Amūsānaṁ dhanavantānaṁ mahāparivārā vijjanti
There exists a great retinue for those wealthy men
Amusmiṁ dhanavantasmiṁ yo koci pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Amumhi dhanavantasmiṁ yo koci pasīdati
There is some one who has confidence in that wealthy man
Amūsu dhanavantesu ye keci pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

There are some who have confidence in those wealthy men
Iti Dvādasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Twelth Lesson
1
Amuno in the original, both here and in the genitive. However, the form appears to be
unattested even in the Grammars.
Pronouns - 118
5-13: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – ya
5-13: Masculine Forms of the (Relative) Pronoun – ya
Atha sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni ya-saddo vuccante
Now the forms of the (Relative) Masculine Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word ya
Abstract:
yo ye nominative - paṭhamā
yaṁ ye accusative - dutiyā
yena yehi yebhi instrumental - tatiyā
yassa yesaṁ yesānaṁ dative - catutthī
yasmā yamhā yehi yebhi ablative - pañcamī
yassa yesaṁ yesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
yasmiṁ yamhi yesu locative - sattamī
Yo koci taṁ purisaṁ odanaṁ pācāpeti (nom. sing.)
There is some person who cooks rice for that man
Ye keci taṁ purisaṁ odanaṁ pācāpenti (nom. plur.)

There are some who people cook rice for that man
Yaṁ kiñci dāsaṁ gāmaṁ gamayati sāmiko (acc. sing.)

The master sends some person who is a servant to the village
Ye keci dāse gāmaṁ gamayati sāmiko (acc. plur.)

The master sends some people who are servants to the village
Yena kenaci sūdena odano pācāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The rice is cooked by some person who is a cook
Yehi kehici sūdehi odano pācāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The rice was cooked by some people who are cooks
Yena kenaci sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti Bhikkhusaṅgho (inst. sing.)

Because of some person the Bhikkhu Saṅgha attains happiness
Yehi kehici sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti Bhikkhusaṅgho (inst. plur.)

Because of some people the Bhikkhu Saṅgha attains happiness
Pronouns - 119
Yassa kassaci dānaṁ deti saddho sappuriso (dat. sing.)

The faithful good man gives a gift to some person
Yesaṁ kesañci dānaṁ denti sappurisā (dat. plur.)

Yesānaṁ kesañci dānaṁ denti sappurisā
The good men give a gift to some people
Yasmā kasmāci garuṇā antaradhāyati sisso (abl. sing.)

Yamhā kasmāci garuṇā antaradhāyati sisso
The student departs from some person who is a teacher
Yehi kehici garūhi antaradhāyanti sissā (abl. plur.)

The students depart from some people who are teachers
Yassa kassaci bhikkhuno pāde vandāmi (gen. sing.)

I worship the feet of some person who is a monk
Yesaṁ kesañci bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāma (gen. plur.)

Yesānaṁ kesañci bhikkhūnaṁ pāde vandāma
We worship the feet of some people who are monks
Yasmiṁ kasmiñci āsane nisīdati koci (loc. sing.)

Yamhi kasmiñci āsane nisīdati koci
Someone sits down on something that is a seat
Yesu kesuci āsanesu nisīdanti keci (loc. plur.)

Some sit down on some seats
Iti Terasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Thirteenth Lesson
Pronouns - 120
5-14: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – yā
5-14: Feminine Forms of the (Relative) Pronoun – yā
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni yā-saddo vuccante
The forms of the (Relative) Feminine Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word yā
Abstract:
yā yā yāyo nominative - paṭhamā

yaṁ yā yāyo accusative - dutiyā
yāya yāhi yābhi instrumental - tatiyā
yāya yassā yāsaṁ yāsānaṁ dative - catutthī
yāya yāhi yābhi ablative - pañcamī
yāya yassā yesaṁ yesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
yayaṁ yassaṁ yāsu locative - sattamī
Yā kāci vanitā pana dāsiṁ kammaṁ kārāpeti (nom. sing.)
There is a woman who made the servant work
Yā kāci vanitāyo dāsī kamme kārāpenti (nom. plur.)

Yāyo kāci vanitāyo dāsī kamme kārāpenti
There are some women who make the servants work
Yaṁ kiñci vanitaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti puriso (acc. sing.)

The man made someone who is a woman do a meritorious deed
Yā kāci vanitāyo puññaṁ kārāpenti purisā (acc. plur.)

Yāyo kāci vanitāyo puññaṁ kārāpenti purisā
The men made some who are women do a meritorious deed
Yāya kāyaci vanitāya sāmi bhattaṁ bhojāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The husband’s rice is cooked by someone who is a woman
Yāhi kāhici vanitāhi sāmi bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The husband’s rice was cooked by some who are women
Yāya kāyaci vanitāya sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti sāmiko (inst. sing.)

Because of someone who is a woman the husband attains happiness
Yāhi kāhici vanitāhi sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti sāmikā (inst. plur.)

Because of some who are women the husbands attain happiness
Pronouns - 121
Yāya kāyaci vanitāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmiko (dat. sing.)

Yassā kāyaci vanitāya ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmiko
The husband gives an ornament to someone who is a woman
Yāsaṁ kāsañci vanitānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmiko (dat. plur.)

Yāsānaṁ kāsañci vanitānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ deti sāmiko
The husband gives an ornament to some who are women
Yāya kāyaci vanitāya apeti yo koci (abl. sing.)

Some one departs from someone who is a woman
Yāhi kāhici vanitāhi apeti yo koci (abl. plur.)

Some one departs from some who are women
Yāya kāyaci vanitāya puttā pi bahavo (gen. sing.)

Yassā kāyaci vanitāya puttā pi bahavo
Some one who is a woman has many children
Yāsaṁ kāsañci vanitānaṁ ābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

Yāsānaṁ kāsañci vanitānaṁ ābharaṇāni honti
Some who are women have ornaments
Yāyaṁ kāyañci vanitāyaṁ me cittaṁ na ramati (loc. sing.)

Yassaṁ kāyañci vanitāyaṁ me cittaṁ na ramati
My heart does not delight in some one who is a woman
Yāsu kāsuci vanitāsu no cittāni na ramanti (loc. plur.)

Our hearts do not delight in some who are women
Iti Cuddasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Fourteenth Lesson
Pronouns - 122
5-15: Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni – yaṁ

5-15: Neuter Forms of the (Relative) Pronoun – yaṁ
Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni yaṁ-saddo vuccante
The forms of the (Relative) Neuter Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word yaṁ
Abstract:
yaṁ yāni nominative - paṭhamā

yaṁ yāni accusative - dutiyā
yena yehi yebhi instrumental - tatiyā
yassa yesaṁ yesānaṁ dative - catutthī
yasmā yamhā yehi yebhi ablative - pañcamī
yassa yesaṁ yesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
yasmiṁ yamhi yesu locative - sattamī
Sentences (neuter):
Yaṁ kiñci kulaṁ pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)
There is a family which accumulates abundant merit
Yāni kānici kulāni bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)

There are families which accumulate abundant merit
Yaṁ kiñci bahuṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti koci (acc. sing.)

Whoever makes someone do abundant merit
Yāni kānici bahuṁ puññaṁ kārāpenti keci (acc. plur.)

Whoever makes some do abundant merit
Yena kenaci kulena sakkāro kato (agent. inst. sing.)

Respect was paid by some family or other
Yehi kehici kulehi sakkārā katā (agent. inst. plur.)

Respects were paid by some or other families
Yena kenaci kulena ekacco jīvati (inst. sing.)

Because of whatever family there is some live
Yehi kehici kulehi ekacce jīvanti (inst. plur.)

Because of whatever families there are some live
Pronouns - 123
Yassa kassaci kulassa upakāraṁ akāsi (dat. sing.)

He gave help to whatever family there were
Yesaṁ kesañci kulānaṁ upakāraṁ akāsuṁ (dat. plur.)

Yesānaṁ kesañci kulānaṁ upakāraṁ akāsuṁ
They gave help to whatever families there were
Yasmā kasmāci kulamhā apeti ekacco (abl. sing.)

Yamhā kasmāci kulamhā apeti ekacco
Someone departs from whatever family there is
Yehi kehici kulehi apenti ekacce (abl. plur.)

Some depart from whatever families there are
Yassa kassaci kulassa nāmagottādi (gen. sing.)

The name and lineage and so on of whatever family there is
Yesaṁ kesañci kulānaṁ nāmagottādayo (gen. plur.)

Yesānaṁ kesañci kulānaṁ nāmagottādayo
The name and lineage and so on of whatever families there are
Yasmiṁ kasmiñci kule ekacco pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Yamhi kasmiñci kule ekacco pasīdati
Someone has confidence in whatever family there is
Yesu kesuci kulesu ekacce pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Some have confidence in whatever families there are
Iti Pañcadasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Fifteenth Lesson
Pronouns - 124
5-16: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – ka
5-16: Masculine Forms of the (Interrogative) Pronoun – ka
Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni ka-saddo vuccante
Now the forms of the (Interrogative) Masculine Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word ka
Abstract:
ko ke nominative - paṭhamā
kaṁ ke accusative - dutiyā
kena kehi kebhi instrumental - tatiyā
kassa kissa kesaṁ kesānaṁ dative - catutthī
kasmā kismā kamhā kehi kebhi ablative - pañcamī
kassa kissa kesaṁ kesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
kasmiṁ kismiṁ kamhi kesu locative - sattamī
kimhi
Ko hi nāma budho loke vasaṁ kodhassa gacchati?1 (nom. sing.)
How could he who is known as a wise man in the world get angry?
Ke hitvā mānusaṁ dehaṁ dibbaṁ yogaṁ upaccaguṁ? (nom. plur.)

How is he who has given up the human body to overcome attachment to the divine?
2
Kaṁsi tvaṁ assu uddissa pabbajito ca āvuso? (acc. sing.)
For what reason did you ordain, friend?
Keci puññāni katvāna kittakā tidivaṁ gatā? (acc. plur.)

Having done how much meritorious work do they go to Heaven?
Kenāyaṁ pakato satto? Kuvaṁ sattassa kārako? (agent. inst. sing.)

By whom was this being made? Where is the maker of this being?
Kehidaṁ pakataṁ bimbaṁ? Kvannu bimbassa kārako?3 (agent. inst. plur.)

By whom was this puppet made? Where is the maker of the puppet?
Kena te tādiso vaṇṇo? Kena te idha-m-ijjhati? (inst. sing.)

How is your colour so? How do you succeed here?
1
All sentences illustrating the interrogatives (ka, kā, kaṁ) are written in verse, and many of
them are quotes or near-quotes from Pāḷi literature.
2
Cf. MN 26 (and elsewhere): Kaṁsi tvaṁ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito?
3
Cf. SN 1. v. 548: Kenidaṁ pakataṁ bimbaṁ? Kvanu bimbassa kārako?
Pronouns - 125
Kehi me puññakammehi mamaṁ rakkhanti devatā? (inst. plur.)

How do the deities protect me and my meritorious deeds?
Kassa cābhirato satto sabbadukkhā pamuccati? (dat. sing.)

Kissa cābhirato satto sabbadukkhā pamuccati?
How can one who delights in being, be freed from all suffering?
Kesaṁ divā ca ratto ca sadā puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati?1 (dat. plur.)

Kesānaṁ divā ca ratto ca sadā puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati?
For whom does merit increase, by day and by night?
2
Kasmā na paridevesi evarūpe mahabbhaye? (abl. sing.)
Kismā na paridevesi evarūpe mahabbhaye?
Kamhā na paridevesi evarūpe mahabbhaye?
Why do you not lament when there is such great fear?
Kehi nāma Ariyehi putha-g-eva jano ayaṁ? (abl. plur.)

Why are these ordinary people called Noble?3
4
Kassa tvaṁ Dhammam-aññāya vācaṁ bhāsayi īdisaṁ? (gen. sing.)
Kissa tvaṁ Dhammam-aññāya vācaṁ bhāsayi īdisaṁ?
Having understood whose Dhamma do you speak in such a way?
5
Kesaṁ te Dhammam-aññāya acchiduṁ bhavabandhanaṁ? (gen. plur.)
Kesānaṁ te Dhammam-aññāya acchiduṁ bhavabandhanaṁ?
Having understood whose Dhamma do they cut off the bondage to existence?
Kasmiṁ kāle tayā vīra patthitā bodhim-uttamā? (loc. sing.)

Kismiṁ kāle tayā vīra patthitā bodhim-uttamā?
Kamhi kāle tayā vīra patthitā bodhim-uttamā?6
Kimhi kāle tayā vīra patthitā bodhim-uttamā?
At what time, Champion, did you aspire to the supreme Awakening?
Kesuddhānesu Muninda sāvako parinibbuto? ti (loc. plur.)

Contained in what, Lord of Sages, is the disciple who has attained Emancipation?
Iti Soḷasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Sixteenth Lesson
1
SN 1. v. 153.
2
Th. 706.
3
The translation of this line is in doubt, I am taking putha-g-eva jano as equivalent to
puthujjano.
4
SN 1. v. 176.
5
Cf. SN 1. v. 174: yassa te dhammam-aññāya, acchiduṁ bhavabandhanaṁ.
6
Bv. 1.75.
Pronouns - 126
5-17: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – kā
5-17: Feminine Forms of the (Interrogative) Pronoun – kā
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni kā-saddo vuccante
The forms of the (Interrogative) Feminine Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word kā
Abstract:
kā kā kāyo nominative - paṭhamā

kaṁ kā kāyo accusative - dutiyā
kāya kassā kāhi kābhi instrumental - tatiyā
kassā kāya kāsaṁ kāsānaṁ dative - catutthī
kāya kassā kāhi kābhi ablative - pañcamī
kassā kāya kāsaṁ kāsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
kassaṁ kayaṁ kāsu locative - sattamī
Kā ca suphassayaṁ dānaṁ mañcapīṭhādikaṁ adā?1 (nom. sing.)
Who gave a pleasant gift of beds, seats and so on?
Kā nānāvidhaṁ puññaṁ katvāna, tidivaṁ gatā?2 (nom. plur.)

Kāyo nānāvidhaṁ puññaṁ katvāna, tidivaṁ gatā?
Who having made manifold merit, go to Heaven?
Kaṁ bhāvanañ-ca bhāveti? Kaṁ sīlaṁ paripālayī? (acc. sing.)

What meditation does he develop? What morality does he protect?
Kā nāma dāsiyo kamme kārāpayati sāmiko? (acc. plur.)

Kāyo nāma dāsiyo kamme kārāpayati sāmiko?
The master made the slaves do what sort of deeds?
Kāya upāsikāyassu Dhammo ca sūyate sadā? (agent. inst. sing.)

Kassā upāsikāyassu Dhammo ca sūyate sadā?
The Dhamma is always listened to by which lay woman?
Kāhi ca sīlavatīhi Dhammo ca sūyate sadā? (agent. inst. plur.)

The Dhamma is always listened to by which virtuous persons?
1
Cf. Ras. 13. v. 4: Adā supassayaṁ dānaṁ, mañcapīṭhādikaṁ tathā.
2
Cf. Ras. 13. v. 5: Evaṁ nānāvidhaṁ puññaṁ katvāna, tidivaṁ gato.
Pronouns - 127
Kāya vijjāya me putto pāpuṇāti idaṁ sukhaṁ? (inst. sing.)

Kassā vijjāya me putto pāpuṇāti idaṁ sukhaṁ?
Because of what knowledge does my child attain this happiness?
Kāhi sikkhāhi me puttā pāpuṇanti idaṁ sukhaṁ? (inst. plur.)

Because of what training do my children attain this happiness?
Kassā upāsikāyassu dānaṁ dadeyya dhanavā? (dat. sing.)

Kāya upāsikāyassu dānaṁ dadeyya dhanavā?
The wealthy man can give a gift to which lay woman?
Kāsaṁ upāsikānañ-ca dānaṁ dadeyya guṇavā? (dat. plur.)

Kāsānaṁ upāsikānañ-ca dānaṁ dadeyya guṇavā?
The virtuous man can give a gift to which lay women?
Kassā gaṅgāya sabbā ca pabhavantī ti kunnadī? (abl. sing.)

Kāya gaṅgāya sabbā ca pabhavantī ti kunnadī?
From which river is it said all the streams flow?
Kāhi ca pana nadīhi pabhavanti mahānadī? (abl. plur.)

From which rivers flow the great river?
Kassā kho pana gaṅgāya mahogho hoti sabbadā? (gen. sing.)

Kāya kho pana gaṅgāya mahogho hoti sabbadā?
Which river always has a great flood?
Kāsaṁ kho pana kaññānaṁ ābharaṇā bhavanti ca? (gen. plur.)

Kāsānaṁ kho pana kaññānaṁ ābharaṇā bhavanti ca?
Which girls have ornaments?
Kassaṁ nadiṁ pana macchā niccaṁ vicaranti sadā? (loc. sing.)

Kayaṁ nadiṁ pana macchā niccaṁ vicaranti sadā?
In which river do fish always and continually swim?
Kāsu gaṅgāsu kho macchā niccaṁ vicaranti sadā? (loc. plur.)

In which rivers do fish always continually swim?
Iti Sattadasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Seventeenth Lesson
Pronouns - 128
5-18: Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni – kiṁ

5-18: Neuter Forms of the (Interrogative) Pronoun – kiṁ
Sabbanāmanapusakaliṅgarūpāni kiṁ-saddo vuccante
The forms of the (Interrogative) Neuter Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word kiṁ
Abstract:
kiṁ kāni nominative - paṭhamā

kiṁ kāni accusative - dutiyā
kena kehi kebhi instrumental - tatiyā
kassa kissa kesaṁ kesānaṁ dative - catutthī
kasmā kismā kamhā kehi kebhi ablative - pañcamī
kassa kissa kesaṁ kesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
kismiṁ kasmiṁ kamhi kesu locative - sattamī
Sentences (neuter):
Kiṁ te jaṭāhi dummedha? Kiṁ te ajinasāṭiyā?1 (nom. sing.)
What are matted locks to you, fool? What are animal skins to you?
Kāni cittāni jāyanti? Kathaṁ jānema taṁ mayaṁ? (nom. plur.)

What thoughts arise? How is it we know?
2
Kiṁ tvaṁ atthavasaṁ disvā, mama dajjāsimaṁ dhanaṁ. (acc. sing.)
Having seen what reason have you given me this wealth?
Kāni puññāni katvāna kittakā tidivaṁ gatā? (acc. plur.)

Having done how much meritorious work do they go to Heaven?
Kenassu nīyati loko? Kenassu parikassati?3 (agent. inst. sing.)

The world is led by what? What drags it around?
Kehi me puññakammassa nāntam-evañ-ca dissati? (agent. inst. plur.)

Thus no end is seen to my meritorious deed by whom?
4
Kenāsi dummano, Tāta? Purisaṁ kan-nu socasi? (inst. sing.)
Why are depressed, Father? For which man do you grieve?
1
Dhp. v. 394.
2
Ras. 36. v. 4. Attavasaṁ in the original; attha- in Ras, which is evidently correct.
3
SN 1. v. 207.
4
SN 1. v. 506.
Pronouns - 129
Kehi pupphehi sakkaccaṁ saddho yajati Gotamaṁ? (inst. plur.)

Why does the faithful man offer flowers respectfully to Gotama?
Kassa so kayirā mettiṁ, tam-āhu cariyaṁ budhā (dat. sing.)

Kissa so kayirā mettiṁ, tam-āhu cariyaṁ budhā
Whatever makes for a friendly life, that the wise have declared
Kesaṁ dānavaraṁ etaṁ dātabbañ-ca sadādarā? (dat. plur.)

Kesānaṁ dānavaraṁ etaṁ dātabbañ-ca sadādarā?
He can give this excellent gift with eternal respect to whom?
1
Kasmā coro ahu me tvaṁ? iti Rājā apucchitaṁ. (abl. sing.)
Kismā coro ahu me tvaṁ? iti Rājā apucchitaṁ.
Kamhā coro ahu me tvaṁ? iti Rājā apucchitaṁ.
Why have you become a thief? the King asked.
Kehi nāma pi hetūhi jāyantī ti ime janā? (abl. plur.)

The people arise from what cause?
Kassa te Dhammam-aññāya acchiduṁ bhavabhandhanaṁ? (gen. sing.)

Kissa te Dhammam-aññāya acchiduṁ bhavabhandhanaṁ?
Having understood whose Dhamma do they cut off the bondage to existence?
Kesaṁ majjhagato bhāti, cando va nabham-ajjhago (gen. plur.)

Kesānaṁ majjhagato bhāti, cando va nabham-ajjhago
For who shines in the middle, like the moon going through the middle of the sky?
2
Kismiṁ me sivayo kuddhā? Nāhaṁ passāmi dukkaṭaṁ (loc. sing.)
Kasmiṁ me sivayo kuddhā? Nāhaṁ passāmi dukkaṭaṁ
Kamhi me sivayo kuddhā? Nāhaṁ passāmi dukkaṭaṁ
In what way are the Sivis angry with me? I see no offense.
Kesu puññesu yojeti sakhīnaṁ so sakhāhito ti (loc. plur.)

In what meritorious works does a good friend unite with friends?
Iti Aṭṭhādasamo Pāṭho

Such is the Eighteenth Lesson
1
Mhv. XXXVII, v. 22.
2
Jā. 547; VI, p. 492
Pronouns - 130
5-19: Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni – sabba

5-19: Masculine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – sabba
Sabbanāmapulliṅgarūpāni sabba-saddo1 vuccante.
Now the Masculine forms of the Pronominal Adjective
are illustrated with the declineable word sabba
Abstract:
-o -e nominative - paṭhamā
-ā -e vocative - (paṭhamā)
-ena -ehi -ebhi instrumental - tatiyā
-assa -esaṁ -esānaṁ dative - catutthī
-asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-assa -esaṁ -esānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-asmiṁ -amhi -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Sabbo so ’tari nāvāhi mahātitthe mahājano2 (nom. sing.)
All the mass of people crossed with the boats at the great ford
Sabbe antaradhāyanti satam-āyugate sati (nom. plur.)

All those whose life-span has gone beyond a hundred (years) die (lit: disappear)
Bho sabbā bhūta! Kalyāṇaṁ karohi kusalā sadā (voc. sing.)

Every good being! You must always perform good and beautiful deeds
Bho sabbe purisā! Bhaddaṁ karotha kusalaṁ sadā (voc. plur.)

All you good men! You must always perform good and auspicious deeds
3
Sabbaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ samodhāya tuṭṭhacitto Mahīpati (acc. sing.)
The King, glad at heart, gathered all the wares
Sabbe bhojāpayī te tu sā na khīyittha bhojanaṁ4 (acc. plur.)

She fed them all, but the food did not become exhausted
1
Similarly declined are itara, añña, aññatara, apara, ubhaya, etc. etc.
2
Mhv. VII, v. 58.
3
Cf. Mhv. XXII, v. 70: Sabbaṁ nimittaṁ disvāna, tuṭṭhacitto mahīpati.
4
Mhv. X, v. 38.
Pronouns - 131
Sabbena sādhulokena anubhuttaṁ subhaṁ phalaṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

A beautiful result is experienced by all virtuous people
Sabbehi sādhujantūhi anubhuttaṁ kammaphalaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Action and result is experienced by all virtuous creatures
Sabbena puññakammena pappoti vipulaṁ sukhaṁ (inst. sing.)

Because of all the meritorious deeds he attains extensive happiness
Sabbehi guṇavantehi papponti vipulaṁ sukhaṁ (inst. plur.)

Because of being endowed with all the virtues they attain extensive happiness
Sabbassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṁ dadanti ca (dat. sing.)

They gave a great gift to the whole of the Community of Monks
Sabbesaṁ sīlavantānaṁ dānaṁ denti mahājanā (dat. plur.)

Sabbesānaṁ sīlavantānaṁ dānaṁ denti mahājanā
The people gave a gift to all those endowed with virtue
Sabbasmā sādhulokasmā apentī ti dubuddhino (abl. sing.)

Sabbamhā sādhulokasmā apentī ti dubuddhino
Those with poor intelligence are said to depart from all the virtuous people
Sabbehi Bhagavantehi niccharanti charaṁsiyo (abl. plur.)

The six-rayed halo emanates from all the Gracious Ones
Sabbassa puññakammassa vipāko hoti sabbadā (gen. sing.)

All meritorious deeds always have a result
Sabbesaṁ sīlavantānaṁ sīlagandho anuttaro (gen. plur.)

Sabbesānaṁ sīlavantānaṁ sīlagandho anuttaro
All those endowed with virtue have the unsurpassed fragrance of morality
Sabbasmiṁ Buddhadhamme ca sadā ramati me mano (loc. sing.)

Sabbamhi Buddhadhamme ca sadā ramati me mano
My mind always delights in the whole of the Teaching of the Buddha
Sabbesu ca vihāresu thūpe kāresi Khattiyo ti1 (loc. plur.)

The Nobleman had shrines made in all the monasteries
Iti Ekūnavīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Nineteenth Lesson
1
Mhv. XX, v. 46.
Pronouns - 132
5-20: Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni – sabbā

5-20: Feminine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – sabbā
Sabbanāma-itthiliṅgarūpāni sabbā-saddo vuccante
The Feminine forms of the Pronominal Adjective
are illustrated with the declineable word sabbā
Abstract:
-ā -ā -āyo nominative - paṭhamā

-e -ā -āyo vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -ā -āyo accusative - dutiyā
-assā -āya -āhi -ābhi instrumental - tatiyā
-assā -āya -āsaṁ -āsānaṁ dative - catutthī
-āya -āhi -ābhi ablative - pañcamī
-assā -āya -āsaṁ -āsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-assaṁ -āyaṁ -āsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Sabbā alaṅkatā Laṅkā therassa viya āsi ca1 (nom. sing.)
All Laṅkā was decorated as for the elder
2
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā gahakūṭaṁ visaṁkhitaṁ (nom. plur.)
Sabbāyo te phāsukā bhaggā gahakūṭaṁ visaṁkhitaṁ
All your rafters have been broken, and the ridgepole has been destroyed
Bho sabbe ca paje! Tvaṁ pi dānaṁ dadāhi sabbadā (voc. sing.)

All good people! You must give gifts everyday
Bho sabbā pajā! Tumhe sīlaṁ rakkhatha sabbadā (voc. plur.)

Bho sabbāyo pajā! Tumhe sīlaṁ rakkhatha sabbadā
All good people! You must protect morality everyday
Sabbaṁ diṭṭhiṁ jahitvāna, sammādiṭṭhiṁ ca bhāvaye (acc. sing.)

Having given up all wrong view, you should develop right view
Sabbā diṭṭhiyo hantvā, khemaṁ gacchanti paṇḍitā (acc. plur.)

Sabbāyo diṭṭhiyo hantvā, khemaṁ gacchanti paṇḍitā
Having destroyed all wrong views, the wise go the place of safety
1
Mhv. XX, v. 53.
2
From the first words of the Buddha, quoted from Dhp. v. 154, and elsewhere.
Pronouns - 133
Sabbassā assu kaññāya niccaṁ kammaṁ karīyate1 (agent. inst. sing.)

Sabbāya assu kaññāya niccaṁ kammaṁ karīyate
Constantly work is done, for sure, by all the young ladies
Sabbāhi cāpi itthīhi pāpakammaṁ karīyate (agent. inst. plur.)

Bad deeds are done by all women
Sabbassā pana vijjāya jīvantī ti mahājanā (inst. sing.)

Sabbāya pana vijjāya jīvantī ti mahājanā
Because of all the sciences people are said to live
Sabbāhi ca nadīheva khettaṁ vapati kassako (inst. plur.)

Because of all the streams the farmer sows his field
Sabbassā assu kaññāya cittaṁ na deti paṇḍito (dat. sing.)

Sabbāya assu kaññāya cittaṁ na deti paṇḍito
The wise man surely does not give thought to all the young ladies2
Sabbāsānaṁ nadīnaṁ ca visaṁ na deti paṇḍito (dat. plur.)

Sabbāsaṁ nadīnaṁ ca visaṁ na deti paṇḍito
The wise man does not put poison in all the streams
Sabbāya3 pana taṇhāya vimuttassa natthi bhayaṁ (abl. sing.)

There is nothing to fear from freedom from all craving
Sabbāhi pana kaññāhi abhirūpāṅganā ayaṁ (abl. plur.)

Lovely women (develop) from all the young ladies
Sabbassā assu kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ manoramaṁ (gen. sing.)

Sabbāya assu kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ manoramaṁ
All the young ladies’ delightful ornaments
Sabbāsānaṁ pana gaṅgānaṁ mahogho hoti sabbadā (gen. plur.)

Sabbāsaṁ pana gaṅgānaṁ mahogho hoti sabbadā
All the rivers have a great flood everyday
Sabbassaṁ neva kaññāya cittaṁ ramati paṇḍito (loc. sing.)

Sabbāyaṁ neva kaññāya cittaṁ ramati paṇḍito
The wise man does not delight in thought about all the young ladies
1
Ven. Devamitta’s spelling of these forms varied, karīyy-, kariyy-, and karīy- are all found in
the original; here the spelling has been standardised throughout.
2
Because of the way English grammar works, this comes out as plural, though in the Pāḷi it is
singular.
3
Sabbassā is the form given in the original, though it seems to me that is not a correct form
for the ablative.
Pronouns - 134
Sabbāsu ceva gaṅgāsu macchā caranti sabbadā ti (loc. plur.)

Fish swim everyday in all the rivers
Iti Vīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Twentieth Lesson
5-21: Sabbanāmanapuṁsakaliṅgarūpāni – sabbaṁ

5-21: Neuter Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – sabbaṁ
Sabbanāmanapuṁsakaliṅgarūpāni sabbaṁ-saddo vuccante
The Neuter forms of the Pronominal Adjective
are illustrated with the declineable word sabbaṁ
Abstract:
-aṁ -e -āni nominative - paṭhamā

-ā -e vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -e -āni accusative - dutiyā
-asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-asmiṁ -amhi -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Sabbaṁ puññaṁ hi nissesaṁ manussatte samijjhati (nom. sing.)
All meritorious works without exception are successful for humanity
Sabbe assu cittāni sayam-eva pi bhijjare (nom. plur.)

Sabbāni assu cittāni sayam-eva pi bhijjare
All hearts are surely broken by oneself
Bho sabbā bhūta! Kalyāṇaṁ puññaṁ karohi sabbadā (voc. sing.)

Every good being! You must do a good and meritorious deed everyday
Bho sabbe ca bhūtāni! Puññaṁ karotha sabbadā (voc. plur.)

Bho sabbāni ca bhūtāni! Puññaṁ karotha sabbadā
All good beings! You must do a meritorious deed everyday
Sabbaṁ bhaṇḍaṁ samādāya pāraṁ tiṇṇosi brāhmaṇo (acc. sing.)

The brahmin crossed to the other side taking all his wares
Pronouns - 135
Sabbe assu puññāni katvāna, Tidivaṁ gato (acc. plur.)

Sabbāni assu puññāni katvāna, Tidivaṁ gato
Having done all the meritorious deeds, he went to Heaven
Sabbena pana bhūtena anubhuttaṁ kammaphalaṁ1 (agent. inst. sing.)

Action and result is experienced by all beings
Sabbehi guṇavantehi puññakammaṁ karīyate (agent. inst. plur.)

Meritorious deeds are done by all endowed with virtue
Sabbena puññakammena pappoti vipulaṁ sukhaṁ (inst. sing.)

Because of all the meritorious deeds he attained extensive happiness
Sabbehi guṇavantehi sucaranti bahujjanā (inst. plur.)

Because of all those endowed with virtue the mass of the people live happily
Sabbassa guṇavantassa dānaṁ dadeyya paṇḍito (dat. sing.)

The wise man should give a gift to all endowed with virtue
Sabbesaṁ sīlavantānaṁ dānaṁ dadeyya paṇḍito (dat. plur.)

Sabbesānaṁ sīlavantānaṁ dānaṁ dadeyya paṇḍito
The wise man should give a gift to all those endowed with morality
Sabbasmā pāpakammasmā cittaṁ pana nivāraye (abl. sing.)

Sabbamhā pāpakammasmā cittaṁ pana nivāraye
He should restrain the heart from all bad deeds
Sabbehi balavantehi apentī ti keci janā (abl. plur.)

Some of the people depart from all those endowed with strength
Sabbassa pāpakammassa vipāko hoti kibbiso (gen. sing.)

There is a bad result for all bad deeds
Sabbesaṁ puññakammānaṁ vipāko hoti sobhano (gen. plur.)

Sabbesānaṁ puññakammānaṁ vipāko hoti sobhano
There is a good result for all meritorious deeds
Sabbasmiṁ puññakamme ca sadā ramati me mano (loc. sing.)

Sabbamhi puññakamme ca sadā ramati me mano
My mind always delights in all the meritorious deeds
Sabbesu sīlavantesu pasīdati mahājano (loc. plur.)

The people have confidence in all those endowed with morality
Iti Ekavīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Twenty-First Lesson
1
The metre is faulty here.
Pronouns - 136
5-22: Sabbanāmanapulliṅgarūpāni – pubba

5-22: Masculine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – pubba
Sabbanāmanapulliṅgarūpāni pubba-saddo vuccante
Now the Masculine forms of the Pronominal Adjective
are illustrated with the declineable word pubba1
Abstract:
-o -e nominative - paṭhamā
-a -e vocative - (paṭhamā)
-ā -asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-e -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Pubbo kālo atikkanto ahosi (nom. sing.)
The former time has passed away
Pubbe kālā ca atikkantā ahesuṁ (nom. plur.)

The former times have passed away
Bho pubba2 kāla! Atikkanto abhavi (voc. sing.)

O former time! It has passed away
Bho pubbe kālā! Atikkantā abhavittha (voc. plur.)

O former times! They have passed away
Pubbaṁ kālaṁ passati Lokanātho (acc. sing.)

The Protector of the World sees the former time
Pubbe kāle passati Lokavidū (acc. plur.)

The Knower of the World sees the former times
Pubbenācariyena sisso bodhīyī (agent. inst. sing.)

The student was instructed by his former teacher
1
Pubba is an adjective, but is declined on the pronominal declension.
2
It is this form and the locative singular which distinguishes the declension of pubba from
that of sabba.
Pronouns - 137
Pubbehi ācariyehi sissā bodhīyiṁsu (agent. inst. plur.)

The students were instructed by their former teachers
Pubbenācariyena sisso sukhī jāto (inst. sing.)

Because of his former teacher the student became happy
Pubbehi ācariyehi sissā sukhī jātā (inst. plur.)

Because of their former teachers the students became happy
Pubbassācariyassa sakkāraṁ akarī (dat. sing.)

He has respect for his former teacher
Pubbesaṁ ācariyānaṁ sakkāraṁ akaruṁ (dat. plur.)

Pubbesānaṁ ācariyānaṁ sakkāraṁ akaruṁ
They have respect for their former teacher
Pubbācariyasmā antaradhāyī antevāsiko (abl. sing.)

Pubbasmācariyasmā antaradhāyī antevāsiko
Pubbamhācariyasmā antaradhāyī antevāsiko
The pupil departs from his former teacher
Pubbehi ācariyehi antaradhāyiṁsu antevāsikā (abl. plur.)

The pupils depart from their former teachers
Pubbassācariyassa antevāsikā bahavo (gen. sing.)

The former teacher had many pupils
Pubbesaṁ ācariyānaṁ guṇaghosā ahesuṁ (gen. plur.)

Pubbesānaṁ ācariyānaṁ guṇaghosā ahesuṁ
The former teachers’ virtue is voiced abroad
Pubbe Dīpaṅkaro nāma Satthā udapādi (loc. sing.)

In former times the Teacher Dīpaṅkara by name arose
Pubbesu aṭṭhavīsati Cakkavattirājāno ahesuṁ (loc. plur.)

In former times there were twenty eight Universal Monarchs
Iti Dvevīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Twenty-Second Lesson
Pronouns - 138
5-23: Sabbanāmana-itthiliṅgarūpāni – pubbā

5-23: Feminine Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – pubbā
Sabbanāmana-itthiliṅgarūpāni pubbā-saddo vuccante
The Feminine forms of the Pronominal Adjective
are illustrated with the declineable word pubbā
Abstract:
-ā -ā -āyo nominative - paṭhamā

-e -ā -āyo vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -ā -āyo accusative - dutiyā
-assā -āya -āhi -ābhi instrumental - tatiyā
-assā -āya -āsaṁ -āsānaṁ dative - catutthī
-āya -āhi -ābhi ablative - pañcamī
-assā -āya -āsaṁ -āsānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-assaṁ -āyaṁ -āsu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Pubbā kaññā1 bahuṁ puññaṁ akarī (nom. sing.)
Formerly young ladies made much merit
Pubbā kaññāyo bahuṁ puññaṁ akaruṁ (nom. plur.)

Pubbāyo kaññāyo bahuṁ puññaṁ akaruṁ
Formerly young ladies made much merit
Bho pubbe kaññe! Bahuṁ puññaṁ akaro (voc. sing.)

O former young lady! You did much meritorious work
Bho pubbā kaññā! Bahuṁ puññaṁ akarittha (voc. plur.)

Bho pubbāyo kaññā! Bahuṁ puññaṁ akarittha
O former young ladies! You did much meritorious work
Pubbaṁ kaññaṁ puññaṁ kārāpayī (acc. sing.)

He made the former young lady perform meritorious work
Pubbā yā kāci kaññāyo puññe kārāpayī (acc. plur.)

Pubbāyo yā kāci kaññāyo puññe kārāpayī
He made the former young ladies perform meritorious works
1
Many of the following sentences read: pubbā yā kāci kaññā; pubbā yā kāci kaññāyo; etc. etc.
in the original, but have been simplified here for clarity’s sake.
Pronouns - 139
Pubbassā kaññāya puññaṁ kataṁ (agent. inst. sing.)

Pubbāya kaññāya puññaṁ kataṁ
The meritorious work was done by the young lady
Pubbāhi kaññāhi puññāni katāni (agent. inst. plur.)

The meritorious works were done by the young ladies
Pubbassā kaññāya koci anucarī (inst. sing.)

Pubbāya kaññāya koci anucarī
Because of the former young lady some person followed along
Pubbāhi kaññāhi keci anucariṁsu (inst. plur.)

Because of the former young ladies some people followed along
Pubbassā kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ adadī (dat. sing.)

Pubbāya kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ adadī
He gave an ornament to the former young lady
Pubbāsānaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni adadiṁsu (dat. plur.)

Pubbāsaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni adadiṁsu
He gave ornaments to the former young ladies
Pubbāya kaññāya koci puriso apeto (abl. sing.)

Some man departed from the former young lady
Pubbāhi kaññāhi keci purisā apetā (abl. plur.)

Some men departed from the former young ladies
Pubbassā kaññāya Mātāpitaro ahesuṁ (gen. sing.)

Pubbāya kaññāya Mātāpitaro ahesuṁ
The former young lady has a Mother and Father
Pubbāsānaṁ kaññānaṁ vatthābharaṇāni (gen. plur.)

Pubbāsaṁ kaññānaṁ vatthābharaṇāni
The former young ladies have clothes and ornaments
Pubbassaṁ kaññāyaṁ cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Pubbāyaṁ kaññāyaṁ cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ
The heart is stable in the former young lady
Pubbāsu kaññāsu cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

The heart is stable in the former young ladies
Iti Tevīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Twenty-Third Lesson
Pronouns - 140
5-24: Sabbanāmanapuṁsakaliṅgarūpāni – pubbaṁ

5-24: Neuter Forms of the Pronominal Adjective – pubbaṁ
Sabbanāmanapuṁsakaliṅgarūpāni pubbaṁ-saddo vuccante
The Neuter forms of the Pronominal Adjective
are illustrated with the declineable word pubbaṁ
Abstract:
-aṁ -e -āni nominative - paṭhamā

-a -e vocative - (paṭhamā)
-aṁ -e -āni accusative - dutiyā
-ā -asmā -amhā -ehi -ebhi ablative - pañcamī
-e -esu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Pubbaṁ1 pana bahuṁ puññaṁ akarī (nom. sing.)
The elder made much merit
Pubbe bahuṁ puññaṁ akaruṁ (nom. plur.)

Pubbāni bahuṁ puññaṁ akaruṁ
The elders made much merit
Bho pubba bhūta! Tvaṁ bahuṁ puññaṁ akaro (voc. sing.)

O elder being! You have made much merit
Bho pubbe bhūtāni! Bahuṁ puññaṁ akarittha (voc. plur.)

O elder beings! You have made much merit
Pubbaṁ puññaṁ kārāpayī ekacco (acc. sing.)

Some made merit in former times
Pubbe puññe kārāpayiṁsu ekacce (acc. plur.)

Pubbāni puññe kārāpayiṁsu ekacce
Some made merit in former times
1
Many of the following sentences read: pubbaṁ yaṁ kiñci; pubbāni yāni kānici; etc. etc. in
the original, but have been simplified here for clarity’s sake.
Pronouns - 141
Pubbena vihāro kārāpito (agent. inst. sing.)

The monastery was made by the elder
Pubbehi vihārā kārāpitā (agent. inst. plur.)

The monasteries were made by the elders
Pubbena puriso sukhī jāto (inst. sing.)

The man became happy with the elder
Pubbehi purisā sukhī jātā (inst. plur.)

The men became happy with the elders
Pubbassa silāghate ekacco (dat. sing.)

Some extol the elder
Pubbesaṁ silāghate ekacco (dat. plur.)

Pubbesānaṁ silāghate ekacco
Some extol the elders
Pubbā ekacco apeto (abl. sing.)

Pubbasmā ekacco apeto
Pubbamhā ekacco apeto
Some depart from the elder
Pubbehi ekacce apetā (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the elders
Pubbassa pariggaho ahosi (gen. sing.)

The elder’s has possessions
Pubbesaṁ pariggahā ahesuṁ (gen. plur.)

Pubbesānaṁ pariggahā ahesuṁ
The elders’ have possessions
Pubbe cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

The heart is stable in the elder
Pubbesu cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

The heart is stable in the elders
Iti Catuvīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Twenty-Fourth Lesson
Pronouns - 142
5-25: Sabbanāmarūpāni – eka

5-25: Forms of the Pronoun – eka
Sabbanāmarūpāni eka-saddo vuccante
Now the forms of the Pronoun
are illustrated with the declineable word eka1
Abstract:
plural only: case:
eke nominative - paṭhamā

eke accusative - dutiyā
ekehi ekebhi instrumental - tatiyā
ekesaṁ ekesānaṁ dative - catutthī
ekehi ekebhi ablative - pañcamī
ekesaṁ ekesānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
ekesu locative - sattamī
Eke purisā Devadattaṁ odanaṁ pācenti (nom. plur.)
Some men cooked Devadatta’s rice
Eke sisse Dhammaṁ pāṭhenti ācariyā (acc. plur.)

The teachers instruct some students in the Dhamma
Ekehi garūhi sisso Dhammaṁ bodhāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The student was made to understand the Dhamma by some teachers
Ekehi garūhi antevāsikā sukhī jātā (inst. plur.)

Because of some teachers the pupils became happy
Ekesaṁ garūnaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti sissā (dat. plur.)

Ekesānaṁ garūnaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti sissā
The students pay respects to some teachers
Ekehi garūhi sikkhaṁ gaṇhanti sissā (abl. plur.)

The students received their training from some teachers
1
Eka in the singular is a number, and will be illustrated in the next Chapter; in the plural eka
itself takes on a pronominal sense, as will be seen from the examples below.
Pronouns - 143
Ekesaṁ garūnaṁ kho pana guṇaghoso hoti (gen. plur.)

Ekesānaṁ garūnaṁ kho pana guṇaghoso hoti
Some teachers’ virtue is voiced abroad
Ekesu garūsu pana sissā pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

The students have confidence in some teachers
Abstract:
plural only: case:
ekā ekāyo nominative - paṭhamā

ekā ekāyo accusative - dutiyā
ekāhi ekābhi instrumental - tatiyā
ekāsaṁ ekāsānaṁ dative - catutthī
ekāhi ekābhi ablative - pañcamī
ekāsu locative - sattamī
Ekā kaññāyo Devadattaṁ kambalaṁ yācante (nom. plur.)
Ekāyo kaññāyo Devadattaṁ kambalaṁ yācante
Some girls ask for Devadatta’s blanket
Ekā kaññāyo odanaṁ pācāpayanti purisā (acc. plur.)

Ekāyo kaññāyo odanaṁ pācāpayanti purisā
The men make some girls cook rice
Ekāhi kaññāhi odano pacitvā bhutto (agent. inst. plur.)

Having cooked the rice it is eaten by some girls
Ekāhi kaññāhi sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti ekacce (inst. plur.)

Because of some girls some people attain happiness
Ekāsaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni denti purisā (dat. plur.)

Ekāsānaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni denti purisā
The men give ornaments to some girls
Ekāhi kaññāhi bhayāni uppajjanti sīlavataṁ (abl. plur.)

For the virtuous fears arise from some girls
Pronouns - 144
Ekāsaṁ kaññānaṁ pana vatthābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

Ekāsānaṁ kaññānaṁ pana vatthābharaṇāni honti
These are some girls’ clothes and ornaments
Ekāsu kaññāsu ye keci pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Some have confidence in some girls
Abstract:
plural only: case:
ekāni nominative - paṭhamā

ekāni accusative - dutiyā
ekehi ekebhi instrumental - tatiyā
ekesaṁ ekesānaṁ dative - catutthī
ekehi ekebhi ablative - pañcamī
ekesu locative - sattamī
Sentences (neuter):
Ekāni kulāni bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavanti (nom. plur.)
Some families accumulate abundant merit
Ekāni kulāni puññaṁ kārāpeti guṇavā (acc. plur.)

The virtuous man makes some families do a meritorious deed
Ekehi kulehi bhikkhū bhattaṁ bhojāpitā (agent. inst. plur.)

The monks are served food by some families
Ekehi kulehi sukhaṁ pāpuṇanti bhikkhū (inst. plur.)

Because of some families the monks attain happiness
Ekesaṁ kulānaṁ pana usūyanti dujjanā (dat. plur.)

Ekesānaṁ kulānaṁ pana usūyanti dujjanā
Bad persons are jealous of some families
Ekehi kulehi ye keci pabbajitā (abl. plur.)

Some are banished from some families
Ekesaṁ kulānaṁ pana nāmagottādayo (gen. plur.)

Ekesānaṁ kulānaṁ pana nāmagottādayo
Some families name and lineage and so on
Pronouns - 145
Ekesu kulesu ye keci pasīdanti (loc. plur.)

Some have confidence in some families
Iti Pañcavīsatimo Pāṭho

Such is the Twenty-Fifth Lesson
Iti Navapadamañjariyā Sabbanāmānaṁ

Such are the Pronouns in the New Collection of Sentences
Pañcamo Paricchedo Samatto

The Fifth Chapter is Complete
146
Chaṭṭho Paricchedo, Saṅkhyānāmānaṁ

Chapter Six, The Numerals
6-1: Eka1
6-1: One
Abstract:
masculine singular: case:
eko nominative - paṭhamā

ekaṁ accusative - dutiyā
ekena instrumental - tatiyā
ekassa dative - catutthī
ekasmā ekamhā ablative - pañcamī
ekassa genitive - chaṭṭhī
ekasmiṁ ekamhi locative - sattamī
Eko puriso Devadattaṁ odanaṁ pāceti (nom. sing.)

One man cooked Devadatta’s rice
Ekaṁ sissaṁ Dhammaṁ pāṭheti ācariyo (acc. sing.)

The teacher instructs one student in the Dhamma
Ekena garunā sisso Dhammaṁ bodhāpīyate (agent. inst. sing.)

The student is made to understand the Dhamma by one teacher
Ekena garunā antevāsiko sukhī jāto (inst. sing.)

Because of one teacher the pupil became happy
Ekassa garuno sakkāraṁ karoti sisso (dat. sing.)

The student pays respects to one teacher
1
The number one is given only in the singular (the plural form has a pronominal character,
and was given at the end of the last Chapter). The numbers 2 - 18 are found only in the plural,
and are adjectival in character. Numbers 1, 3 and 4 are declined differently according to
gender. Numbers 2, 5 - 18 are declined in the same way in all three genders.
Plural Only Numbers - 147
Ekasmā garunā sikkhaṁ gaṇhāti sisso (abl. sing.)

Ekamhā garunā sikkhaṁ gaṇhāti sisso
A student received his training from one teacher
Ekassa garuno kho pana parikkhāro hoti (gen. sing.)

This is one teacher’s requisite
Ekasmiṁ garusmiṁ pana sisso pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Ekamhi garusmiṁ pana sisso pasīdati
The student has confidence in one teacher
Abstract:
feminine singular: case:
ekā nominative - paṭhamā

ekāya instrumental - tatiyā
ekāya ekassā dative - catutthī
ekāya ablative - pañcamī
ekāya ekassā genitive - chaṭṭhī
ekayaṁ ekassaṁ locative - sattamī
Ekā kaññā pana Devadattaṁ kambalaṁ yācate (nom. sing.)

One girl asks for Devadatta’s blanket
Ekaṁ kaññaṁ odanaṁ pācāpayati puriso (acc. sing.)

The man makes the girl cook rice
Ekāya kaññāya odano pacitvā bhujjate (agent. inst. sing.)

Having cooked the rice it is eaten by one girl
Ekāhi kaññāhi odano pacitvā bhutto (agent. inst. sing.)

Having cooked the rice it is eaten by some girls
Ekāya kaññāya sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti ekacco (inst. sing.)

Because of one girl some person attains happiness
Ekāya kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti puriso (dat. sing.)

Ekassā kaññāya ābharaṇaṁ deti puriso
The man gives an ornament to one girl
Ekāya kaññāya bhayaṁ uppajjati sīlavataṁ (abl. sing.)

For the virtuous fear arises from one girl
Ekāya kaññāya pana vatthābharaṇaṁ hoti (gen. sing.)

Ekassā kaññāya pana vatthābharaṇaṁ hoti
This is one girl’s clothes and ornaments
Ekāyaṁ kaññāyaṁ yo koci pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Ekassaṁ kaññāyaṁ yo koci pasīdati
Someone has confidence in one girl
Abstract:
neuter singular: case:
ekaṁ nominative - paṭhamā

ekena instrumental - tatiyā
ekassa dative - catutthī
ekasmā ekamhā ablative - pañcamī
ekassa genitive - chaṭṭhī
ekasmiṁ ekamhi locative - sattamī
Sentences (neuter):
Ekaṁ kulaṁ pana bahuṁ puññaṁ pasavati (nom. sing.)

One family accumulates abundant merit
Ekaṁ kulaṁ puññaṁ kārāpeti guṇavā (acc. sing.)

The virtuous man makes one family do a meritorious deed
Ekena kulena bhikkhu bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. sing.)

The monk is served food by one family
Ekehi kulehi bhikkhū bhattaṁ bhojāpitā (agent. inst. sing.)

The monks are served food by some families
Ekena kulena sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti bhikkhu (inst. sing.)

Because of one family the monk attains happiness
Ekassa kulassa pana usūyati dujjano (dat. sing.)

Bad people are jealous of one family
Ekasmā kulamhā yo koci pabbajito (abl. sing.)

Ekamhā kulamhā yo koci pabbajito
Someone is banished from one family
Ekehi kulehi ye keci pabbajitā (abl. plur.)

Some are banished from some families
Ekassa kulassa pana nāmagottādi (gen. sing.)

One family’s name and lineage and so on
Ekasmiṁ kulamhi yo koci pasīdati (loc. sing.)

Ekamhi kulamhi yo koci pasīdati
Someone has confidence in one family

6-2: Dvi
6-2: Two
Abstract:
all three genders plural: case:
dve duve nominative - paṭhamā

dve duve accusative - dutiyā
dvihi dvibhi instrumental - tatiyā
dvinnaṁ duvinnaṁ dative - catutthī
dvihi dvibhi ablative - pañcamī
dvinnaṁ duvinnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
dvīsu locative - sattamī
Dve Mahārājāno Rajjaṁ kārenti (nom. plur.)

Duve Mahārājāno Rajjaṁ kārenti
Two Great Kings rule the Kingdom
Dve pi Mahārājāno upasaṅkamati (acc. plur.)

Duve pi Mahārājāno upasaṅkamati
He appraoched two Great Kings
Dvīhi Mahārājehi saṅgāmo kato (agent. inst. plur.)

A battle was fought by two Great Kings
Dvīhi Mahārājehi raṭṭhavāsino jīvanti (inst. plur.)

Because of two Great Kings the citizens live
Dvinnaṁ Mahārājānaṁ pannākāraṁ deti (dat. plur.)

Duvinnaṁ Mahārājānaṁ pannākāraṁ deti
He gave a present to the two Great kings
Dvīhi Mahārājehi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fear arises from two great Kings
Dvinnaṁ Mahārājānaṁ pariggaho hoti (gen. plur.)

Duvinnaṁ Mahārājānaṁ pariggaho hoti
This is the two Great Kings’ possession
Dvīsu Mahārājesu manāni patiṭṭhitāni (loc. plur.)

The minds are well established in the two Great Kings
Dve kaññāyo puññāni karonti (nom. plur.)

Two girls make merit
Dve kaññāyo puññāni kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

He has two girls make merit
Dvīhi kaññāhi puññāni katāni (agent. inst. plur.)

Merit was made by two girls
Dvīhi kaññāhi sukhadukkhaṁ pāpuṇāti (inst. plur.)

Because of two girls he attains happiness and unhappiness
Dvinnaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni deti (dat. plur.)

He gives an ornament to two girls
Dvīhi kaññāhi ayaṁ kaññā adhikā (abl. plur.)

This girl is superior to these two girls
Dvinnaṁ kaññānaṁ vatthābharaṇaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is these two girls clothes and ornaments
Dvīsu kaññāsu manāni patiṭṭhitāni (loc. plur.)

The minds are well established in two girls
Sentences (neuter):
Dve kulāni dānādikusalaṁ karonti (nom. plur.)

Two families perform wholesome deeds like giving and so on
Dve kulāni dānādikusalaṁ kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

He makes two families perform wholesome deeds like giving and so on
Dvīhi kulehi Saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The Saṅgha were fed rice by the two families
Dvīhi kulehi sukhaṁ pāpuṇāti Saṅgho (inst. plur.)

Because of the two families the Saṅgha attains happiness
Dvinnaṁ kulānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti keci (dat. plur.)

Some pay respect to the two families
Dvīhi kulehi apeti ekacco puggalo (abl. plur.)

Some man departs from the two families
Dvinnaṁ kulānaṁ nāmagottādayo (gen. plur.)

The two families name and lineage and so on
Dvīsu kulesu me cittaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

My mind was well established in the two families
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

6-3: Ti
6-3: Three
Abstract:
masculine plural: case:
tayo nominative - paṭhamā

tayo accusative - dutiyā
tīhi tībhi instrumental - tatiyā
tiṇṇaṁ tiṇṇānaṁ dative - catutthī
tīhi tībhi ablative - pañcamī
tiṇṇaṁ tiṇṇānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
tīsu locative - sattamī
Tayo purisā pana vihāraṁ karonti (nom. plur.)

Three men built a monastery
Tayo purise upagacchati ekacco (acc. plur.)

Someone approached three men
Tīhi purisehi vihāro kārāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The monastery was built by three men
Tīhi purisehi jīvanti ye keci (inst. plur.)

Because of three men there are some who live
Tiṇṇaṁ purisānaṁ dhanaṁ deti dhanavā (dat. plur.)

Tiṇṇannaṁ purisānaṁ dhanaṁ deti dhanavā
The wealthy man gives wealth to three men
Tīhi purisehi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fear arises from three men
Tiṇṇaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho hoti (gen. plur.)

Tiṇṇannaṁ purisānaṁ pariggaho hoti
This is the three mens’ possession
Tīsu purisesu pasīdati yo koci (loc. plur.)

Someone has confidence in three men
Abstract:
feminine plural: case:
tisso nominative - paṭhamā

tisso accusative - dutiyā
tissannaṁ dative - catutthī
tissannaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
Tisso itthiyo puññāni karonti (nom. plur.)

Three women make merit
Tisso itthiyo puññāni kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

He has three women make merit
Tīhi itthīhi Saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The Saṅgha is served food by three women
Tīhi itthīhi jīvanti ekacco puriso (inst. plur.)

Because of three women some man lives
Tissannaṁ itthīnaṁ ābharaṇāni deti (dat. plur.)

He gives ornaments to three women
Tīhi itthīhi apeti ekacco puriso (abl. plur.)

Some man departs from three women
Tissannaṁ itthīnaṁ ābharaṇāni honti (gen. plur.)

These are the three womens’ ornaments
Tīsu itthīsu pasīdati ekacco puriso (loc. plur.)

Some man has confidence in three women
Abstract:
neuter plural: case:
tīni nominative - paṭhamā

tīni accusative - dutiyā
tiṇṇaṁ tiṇṇānaṁ dative - catutthī
tiṇṇaṁ tiṇṇānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
Sentences (neuter):
Tīni kulāni puññāni karonti (nom. plur.)

Three families make merit
Tīni kulāni puññāni kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

He has three families make merit
Tīhi kulehi puññāni karīyante (agent. inst. plur.)

Merit was made by three families
Tīhi kulehi jīvanti ye keci (inst. plur.)

Because of three women there are some who live
Tiṇṇaṁ kulānaṁ dhanaṁ deti dhanavā (dat. plur.)

Tiṇṇannaṁ kulānaṁ dhanaṁ deti dhanavā
The wealthy man gave wealth to the three families
Tīhi kulehi bhayāni na uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fear does not arise from three families
Tiṇṇaṁ kulānaṁ mahābhogo hoti (gen. plur.)

Tiṇṇannaṁ kulānaṁ mahābhogo hoti
This is the three families’ great riches
Tīsu kulesu pasīdati ekacco puriso (loc. plur.)

Some man has confidence in the three families
Iti Tatiyo Pāṭho

6-4: Catu
6-4: Four
Abstract:
masculine plural: case:
cattāro caturo nominative - paṭhamā

cattāro caturo accusative - dutiyā
catūhi catūbhi instrumental - tatiyā
catunnaṁ dative - catutthī
catūhi catūbhi ablative - pañcamī
catunnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
catusu locative - sattamī
Cattāro Mahārājā rajjaṁ karonti (nom. plur.)

Caturo Mahārājā rajjaṁ karonti
Four Great Kings rule the kingdom
Cattāro Mahārāje upagacchati ekacco (acc. plur.)

Caturo Mahārāje upagacchati ekacco
Someone approached the Four Great Kings
Catūhi Mahārājehi puññāni karīyante (agent. inst. plur.)

Merit was made by the Four Great Kings
Catūhi Mahārājehi jīvanti mahājanā (inst. plur.)

Because of the Four Great Kings the mass of the people live
Catunnaṁ Mahārājānaṁ pannākāraṁ denti (dat. plur.)

They gave a gift to the Four Great Kings
Catūhi Mahārājehi bhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Fears arise from the Four Great Kings
Catunnaṁ Mahārājānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the Four Great Kings’ ornament
Catūsu Mahārājesu pasīdati mahājano (loc. plur.)

The mass of the people have confidence in the Four Great Kings
Abstract:
feminine plural: case:
cattasso nominative - paṭhamā

cattasso accusative - dutiyā
catassannaṁ dative - catutthī
catassannaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
Catasso kaññāyo puññāni karonti (nom. plur.)

The four girls make merit
Catasso kaññāyo puññāni kārāpeti (acc. plur.)

He had the four girls make merit
Catūhi kaññāhi Saṅgho bhattaṁ bhojāpito (agent. inst. plur.)

The Saṅgha was served food by the four girls
Catūhi kaññāhi vadhaṁ pāpuṇanti purisā (inst. plur.)

Because of the four girls the men were punished
Catassannaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇāni denti (dat. plur.)

They gave ornaments to the four girls
Catūhi kaññāhi ayaṁ kaññā adhikā (abl. plur.)

This girl is superior to the (other) four girls
Catassannaṁ kaññānaṁ ābharaṇaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the four girls’ ornament
Catūsu kaññāsu pasīdati ekacco puriso (loc. plur.)

Some man has confidence in the four girls
Abstract:
neuter plural: case:
cattāri nominative - paṭhamā

cattāri accusative - dutiyā
catunnaṁ dative - catutthī
catunnaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
Sentences (neuter):
Cattāri kulāni bahuṁ puññaṁ karonti (nom. plur.)

Four families make abundant merit
Cattāri kulāni upagacchanti ekacce (acc. plur.)

Some approach the four families
Catūhi kulehi vihāro kārāpīyate (agent. inst. plur.)

The monastery was made by the four families
Catūhi kulehi jīvanti ekacce purisā (inst. plur.)

Because of the four families some men live
Catunnaṁ kulānaṁ sakkāraṁ karonti (dat. plur.)

They pay respects to the four families
Catūhi kulehi apenti ekacce (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the four families
Catunnaṁ kulānaṁ nāmagottādayo (gen. plur.)

The four families name and lineage and so on
Catusu kulesu pasīdati mahājano (loc. plur.)

The mass of the people have faith in the four families

6-5: Pañca
6-5: Five
Tiliṅgarūpāni vuccante:
All three forms are illustrated:
Abstract:
pañca nominative - paṭhamā

pañca accusative - dutiyā
pañcahi instrumental - tatiyā
pañcannaṁ dative - catutthī
pañcahi ablative - pañcamī
pañcannaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
pañcasu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Pañca mahābhūtā tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The five great existents remain
Pañca mahābhūte passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the five great existents
Pañcahi mahābhūtehi katāni (agent. inst. plur.)

It was done by the five great existents
Pañcahi mahābhūtehi sucarati (inst. plur.)

Because of the five great existents he lives well
Pañcannaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ dīyate (dat. plur.)

He is giving to the five great existents
Pañcahi mahābhūtehi apeti (abl. plur.)

He departs from the five great existents
Pañcannaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ santakaṁ (gen. plur.)

The five great existents’ property
Pañcasu mahābhūtesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Established in the five great existents
Evaṁ sabbattha yojetabbaṁ:

This is how they are to be compounded in all cases:
Pañcamahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (masc.)

Pañca-abhibhavitāro tiṭṭhanti (masc.)

The five vanquishers remain
Pañcapurisā pana tiṭṭhanti (masc.)

The five men remain
Pañcabhūmiyo pana honti (fem.)

There are five grounds
Pañcakaññāyo pana tiṭṭhanti (fem.)

The five girls remain
Pañcamahābhūtāni tiṭṭhanti (neut.)

Pañcacittāni uppajjanti (neut.)

The five thoughts arise

6-6: Cha - Dasa

6-6: Six to Ten
Abstract: 1
-a nominative - paṭhamā
-a accusative - dutiyā
-ahi instrumental - tatiyā
-annaṁ dative - catutthī
-ahi ablative - pañcamī
-annaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
-asu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Tiliṅgarūpāni cha-saddo vuccante:

All three forms are illustrated with the word cha:
Cha mahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The six great existents abide
Cha abhibhavitāro passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the six vanquishers
Chahi purisehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst. plur.)

The deed was done by six men
Channaṁ bhūmīnaṁ ruccati koci (dat. plur.)

Some find delight in the six quarters
Chahi kaññāhi apeti ekacco (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the six girls
Channaṁ bhūtānaṁ santakaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the six beings’ property
Chasu pana cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Well established in the six minds
1
This abstract shows the pattern for the numbers 6 - 18.
Tiliṅgarūpāni satta-saddo vuccante:

All three forms are illustrated with the word satta:
Satta mahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The seven great existents abide
Satta abhibhavitāro passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the seven vanquishers
Sattahi purisehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst. plur.)

The deed was done by seven men
Sattannaṁ bhūmīnaṁ ruccati koci (dat. plur.)

Some find delight in the seven quarters
Sattahi kaññāhi apeti ekacco (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the seven girls
Sattannaṁ bhūtānaṁ santakaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the seven beings’ property
Sattasu pana cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Well established in the seven minds
Tiliṅgarūpāni aṭṭha-saddo vuccante:

All three forms are illustrated with the word aṭṭha:
Aṭṭha mahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The eight great existents abide
Aṭṭha abhibhavitāro passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the eight vanquishers
Aṭṭhahi purisehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst. plur.)

The deed was done by eight men
Aṭṭhannaṁ bhūmīnaṁ ruccati koci (dat. plur.)

Some find delight in the eight quarters
Aṭṭhahi kaññāhi apeti ekacco (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the eight girls
Aṭṭhannaṁ bhūtānaṁ santakaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the eight beings’ property
Aṭṭhasu pana cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Well established in the eight minds
Tiliṅgarūpāni nava-saddo vuccante:

All three forms are illustrated with the word nava:
Nava mahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The nine great existents abide
Nava abhibhavitāro passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the nine vanquishers
Navahi purisehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst. plur.)

The deed was done by nine men
Navannaṁ bhūmīnaṁ ruccati koci (dat. plur.)

Some find delight in the nine quarters
Navahi kaññāhi apeti ekacco (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the nine girls
Navannaṁ bhūtānaṁ santakaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the nine beings’ property
Navasu pana cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Well established in the nine minds
Tiliṅgarūpāni dasa-saddo vuccante:

All three forms are illustrated with the word dasa:
Dasa mahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The ten great existents abide
Dasa abhibhavitāro passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the ten vanquishers
Dasahi purisehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst. plur.)

The deed was done by ten men
Dasannaṁ bhūmīnaṁ ruccati koci (dat. plur.)

Some find delight in the ten quarters
Dasahi kaññāhi apeti ekacco (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the ten girls
Dasannaṁ bhūtānaṁ santakaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the ten beings’ property
Dasasu pana cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Well established in the ten minds

6-7: Ekādasa - Aṭṭhārasa

6-7: Eleven to Eighteen
Ekādasa mahābhūtā tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The eleven great existents remain
Dvādasa abhibhavitāro tiṭṭhanti (acc. plur.)

The twelve vanquishers remain
Terasa purisā pana tiṭṭhanti (inst. plur.)

The thirteen men remain
Cuddasa bhūmiyo pana honti (dat. plur.)

There are fourteen places
Pañcadasa kaññāyo pana tiṭṭhanti (abl. plur.)

Some remain from the fifteen girls
Soḷasa bhūtāni pana tiṭṭhanti (gen. plur.)

The sixteen beings remain
Sattarasa cittāni uppajjanti (loc. plur.)

Arisen in the seventeen minds
Tiliṅgarūpāni aṭṭhārasa-saddo vuccante:

All three forms are illustrated with the word aṭṭhārasa:
Aṭṭhārasa mahābhūtā pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

The eighteen great existents remain
Aṭṭhārasa abhibhavitāro passati (acc. plur.)

He sees the eighteen vanquishers
Aṭṭhārasahi purisehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst. plur.)

The deed was done by eighteen men
Aṭṭhārasannaṁ bhūmīnaṁ ruccati koci (dat. plur.)

Some find delight in the eighteen quarters
Aṭṭhārasahi kaññāhi apeti ekacco (abl. plur.)

Some depart from the eighteen girls
Aṭṭhārasannaṁ bhūtānaṁ santakaṁ hoti (gen. plur.)

This is the eighteen beings’ property
Aṭṭhārasasu pana cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

Well established in the eighteen minds

Iti Navapadamañjariyā Bahuvacanasaṅkhyānāmānaṁ

Such are the The Plural Only Numerals in the Bouquest of Word Forms
Chaṭṭho Paricchedo Samatto

The Sixth Chapter is Complete
165
Sattamo Paricchedo, Atirekasaṅkhyānāmānaṁ1

Chapter Seven, The Rest of the Numbers
7-1: Ekūnavīsā, Ekūnavīsati (Ekūnavīsa)2

7-1: Nineteen
Abstract:
all three genders singular: case:
ekūnavīsā ekūnavīsaṁ ekūnavīsati nominative - paṭhamā

ekūnavīsaṁ ekūnavīsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
ekūnavīsāya ekūnavīsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
ekūnavīsāya ekūnavīsatiyā dative - catutthī
ekūnavīsāya ekūnavīsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
ekūnavīsāya ekūnavīsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
ekūnavīsāya ekūnavīsāyāṁ locative - sattamī
ekūnavīsatiyā ekūnavīsatiyaṁ
Sentences:
Ekūnavīsā bhikkhū pi tiṭṭhanti (nom. sing.)

Ekūnavīsaṁ bhikkhū pi tiṭṭhanti
Ekūnavīsati bhikkhū pi tiṭṭhanti
Nineteen monks remain
Ekūnavīsaṁ bhikkhū pi passati (acc. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiṁ bhikkhū pi passati (acc. sing.)
He sees nineteen monks
Ekūnavīsāya bhikkhūhi Dhammo desito (masc. agent. inst. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā bhikkhūhi Dhammo desito
The Dhamma was taught by nneteen monks
1
The numbers from hereon are often complicated by having more than one form. The word
for the number twenty, for instance, occurs as vīsā, vīsati, and in compound vīsa-. There is also
a form vīsaṁ in the nominative singular.
2
Ekūnavīsā declines like a feminine singular in -ā; ekūnavīsati declines like a feminine
singular in -i; the form ekūnavīsa occurs in compounds. A form ekūnavisaṁ occurs
unexpectedly in the nominative singular. All the other forms up and till paññās- show the same
variations.
The Rest of the Numbers - 166
Ekūnavīsāya kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (fem. agent. inst. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by nineteen girls
Ekūnavīsāya kulehi kammaṁ kataṁ (neut. agent. inst. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā kulehi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by nineteen families
Ekūnavīsāya bhikkhūnaṁ cīvaraṁ deti (masc. dat. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā bhikkhūnaṁ cīvaraṁ deti
He gave a robe to nineteen monks
Ekūnavīsāya kaññānaṁ dhanaṁ deti (fem. dat. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā kaññānaṁ dhanaṁ deti
He gave wealth to nineteen girls
Ekūnavīsāya cittānaṁ pana ruccati (neut. dat. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā cittānaṁ pana ruccati
He likes nineteen hearts
Ekūnavīsāya bhikkhūhi apeti koci (masc. abl. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā bhikkhūhi apeti koci
Someone goes away from nineteen monks
Ekūnavīsāya kaññāhi apeti koci (fem. abl. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā kaññāhi apeti koci
Someone goes away from nineteen girls
Ekūnavīsāya cittehi apeti koci (neut. abl. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā cittehi apeti koci
Someone goes away from nineteen hearts
Ekūnavīsāya bhikkhūnaṁ santakaṁ (masc. gen. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā bhikkhūnaṁ santakaṁ
Nineteen monks’ possessions
Ekūnavīsāya kaññānaṁ santakaṁ (fem. gen. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā kaññānaṁ santakaṁ
Nineteen girls’ possessions
Ekūnavīsāya cittānaṁ santakaṁ (neut. gen. sing.)

Ekūnavīsatiyā cittānaṁ santakaṁ
Nineteen hearts’ possessions
Ekūnavīsāya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (masc. loc. sing.)

Ekūnavīsāyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Ekūnavīsatiyā bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Ekūnavīsatiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in nineteen monks
Ekūnavīsāya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (fem. loc. sing.)

Ekūnavīsāyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Ekūnavīsatiyā kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Ekūnavīsatiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in nineteen girls
Ekūnavīsāya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (neut. loc. sing.)

Ekūnavīsāyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Ekūnavīsatiyā cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Ekūnavīsatiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in nineteen hearts

7-2: Visā, Vīsati (Vīsa)

7-2: Twenty
Abstract:
vīsā vīsaṁ vīsati nominative - paṭhamā

vīsaṁ vīsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
vīsāya vīsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
vīsāya vīsatiyā dative - catutthī
vīsāya vīsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
vīsāya vīsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
vīsāya vīsāyāṁ vīsatiyā vīsatiyaṁ locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Pulliṅgarūpāni vuccante:
The masculine forms are illustrated:
Vīsā bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Vīsaṁ bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Vīsati bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Twenty monks remain
Vīsaṁ bhikkhavo passati (acc.)

Vīsatiṁ bhikkhavo passati
He sees twenty monks
Vīsāyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Vīsatiyā bhikkhūhi desito
Taught by twenty monks
Vīsāya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Vīsāyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Vīsatiya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Vīsatiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in twenty monks
Itthiliṅgarūpāni vuccante:
The feminine forms are illustrated:
Vīsā kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Vīsaṁ kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Vīsati kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Twenty girls remain
Vīsaṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

Vīsatiṁ kaññāyo pi passati
He sees twenty girls
Vīsāyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Vīsatiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by twenty girls
Vīsāya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Vīsāyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Vīsatiya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Vīsatiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in twenty girls
Napuṁsakaliṅgarūpāni vuccante:
The neuter forms are illustrated:
Vīsā cittāni uppajjanti (nom.)

Vīsaṁ cittāni uppajjanti
Vīsati cittāni uppajjanti
Twenty thoughts arise
Vīsaṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

Vīsatiṁ cittāni pi passati
He sees twenty thoughts
Vīsāyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Vīsatiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by twenty hearts
Vīsāya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Vīsāyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Vīsatiya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Vīsatiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in twenty hearts
Tathā ekavīsa dvāvīsa bāvīsa tevīsa catuvīsa-iccādi pi

Similarly for twenty-one, twenty-two (1st form) , twenty-two (2nd form), twenty-
three, twenty-four, and so on.
Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

7-3: Tiṁsā, Tiṁsati, (Tiṁsa)

7-3: Thirty
Abstract:
tiṁsā tiṁsaṁ tiṁsati nominative - paṭhamā

tiṁsaṁ tiṁsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
tiṁsāya tiṁsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
tiṁsāya tiṁsatiyā dative - catutthī
tiṁsāya tiṁsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
tiṁsāya tiṁsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
tiṁsāya tiṁsāyāṁ tiṁsatiyā locative - sattamī
tiṁsatiyaṁ
Sentences:
Tiṁsā bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Tiṁsaṁ bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Tiṁsati bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Thirty monks remain
Tiṁsaṁ bhikkhavo passati (acc.)

Tiṁsatiṁ bhikkhavo passati
He sees thirty monks
Tiṁsāyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Tiṁsatiyā bhikkhūhi desito
Taught by thirty monks
Tiṁsāya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Tiṁsāyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Tiṁsatiya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Tiṁsatiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in thirty monks
Tiṁsā kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Tiṁsaṁ kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Tiṁsati kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Thirty girls remain
Tiṁsaṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

Tiṁsatiṁ kaññāyo pi passati
He sees thirty girls
Tiṁsāyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Tiṁsatiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by thirty girls
Tiṁsāya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Tiṁsāyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Tiṁsatiya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Tiṁsatiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in thirty girls
Tiṁsā cittāni uppajjanti (nom.)

Tiṁsaṁ cittāni uppajjanti
Tiṁsati cittāni uppajjanti
Thirty thoughts arise
Tiṁsaṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

Tiṁsatiṁ cittāni pi passati
He sees thirty thoughts
Tiṁsāyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Tiṁsatiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by thirty hearts
Tiṁsāya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Tiṁsāyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Tiṁsatiya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Tiṁsatiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in thirty hearts
Iti Tatiyo Pāṭho

7-4: Cattāḷīsā, Cattāḷīsati, (Cattāḷīsa)

Cattārīsā, Cattārīsati, (Cattārīsa)
7-4: Forty
Abstract:
cattāḷīsā cattāḷīsaṁ cattāḷīsati nominative - paṭhamā

cattāḷīsaṁ cattāḷīsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
cattāḷīsāya cattāḷīsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
cattāḷīsāya cattāḷīsatiyā dative - catutthī
cattāḷīsāya cattāḷīsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
cattāḷīsāya cattāḷīsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
cattāḷīsāya cattāḷīsāyāṁ locative - sattamī
cattāḷīsatiyā cattāḷīsatiyaṁ
Cattārīsā iccādi pi
Also (there is the form) cattārīsā, and so on
Abstract: 1
cattārīsā cattārīsaṁ cattārīsati nominative - paṭhamā

cattārīsaṁ cattārīsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
cattārīsāya cattārīsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
cattārīsāya cattārīsatiyā dative - catutthī
cattārīsāya cattārīsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
cattārīsāya cattārīsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
cattārīsāya cattārīsāyāṁ locative - sattamī
cattārīsatiyā cattārīsatiyaṁ
Sentences:
Cattāḷīsā bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Cattāḷīsaṁ bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Cattāḷīsati bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Forty monks remain
Cattāḷīsaṁ bhikkhavo passati (acc.)

Cattāḷīsatiṁ bhikkhavo passati
He sees forty monks
Cattāḷīsāyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Cattāḷīsatiyā bhikkhūhi desito
Taught by forty monks
Cattāḷīsāya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Cattāḷīsāyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Cattāḷīsatiya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Cattāḷīsatiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in forty monks
1
I have not given the sentences as they are exactly the same as for cattāḷīsā, with the
exchange of -r- for -ḷ-.
Cattāḷīsā kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Cattāḷīsaṁ kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Cattāḷīsati kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Forty girls remain
Cattāḷīsaṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

Cattāḷīsatiṁ kaññāyo pi passati
He sees forty girls
Cattāḷīsāyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Cattāḷīsatiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by forty girls
Cattāḷīsāya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Cattāḷīsāyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Cattāḷīsatiya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Cattāḷīsatiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in forty girls
Cattāḷīsā cittāni uppajjanti (nom.)

Cattāḷīsaṁ cittāni uppajjanti
Cattāḷīsati cittāni uppajjanti
Forty thoughts arise
Cattāḷīsaṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

Cattāḷīsatiṁ cittāni pi passati
He sees forty thoughts
Cattāḷīsāyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Cattāḷīsatiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by forty hearts
Cattāḷīsāya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Cattāḷīsāyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Cattāḷīsatiya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Cattāḷīsatiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in forty hearts

7-5: Paññāsā, Paññāsati, (Paññāsa)

Paṇṇāsā, Paṇṇāsati, (Paṇṇāsa)
7-5: Fifty
Abstract:
paññāsā paññāsaṁ paññāsati nominative - paṭhamā

paññāsaṁ paññāsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
paññāsāya paññāsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
paññāsāya paññāsatiyā dative - catutthī
paññāsāya paññāsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
paññāsāya paññāsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
paññāsāya paññāsāyāṁ locative - sattamī
paññāsatiyā paññāsatiyaṁ
Tathā paṇṇāsa paṇṇāsaṁ paṇṇāsāya paṇṇāsāyaṁ

(These are the alternate forms, swapping -ṇṇ- for -ññ-)
Abstract: 1
paṇṇāsā paṇṇāsaṁ paṇṇāsati nominative - paṭhamā

paṇṇāsaṁ paṇṇāsatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
paṇṇāsāya paṇṇāsatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
paṇṇāsāya paṇṇāsatiyā dative - catutthī
paṇṇāsāya paṇṇāsatiyā ablative - pañcamī
paṇṇāsāya paṇṇāsatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
paṇṇāsāya paṇṇāsāyāṁ locative - sattamī
paṇṇāsatiyā paṇṇāsatiyaṁ
Sentences:
1
I have not given the sentences as they are exactly the same as for paññāsā, with the
exchange of -ṇṇ- for -ññ-.
Paññāsā bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Paññāsaṁ bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Paññāsati bhikkhavo tiṭṭhanti
Fifty monks remain
Paññāsaṁ bhikkhavo passati (acc.)

Paññāsatiṁ bhikkhavo passati
He sees fifty monks
Paññāsāyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Paññāsatiyā bhikkhūhi desito
Taught by fifty monks
Paññāsāya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Paññāsāyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Paññāsatiya bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Paññāsatiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in fifty monks
Paññāsā kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Paññāsaṁ kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Paññāsati kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti
Fifty girls remain
Paññāsaṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

Paññāsatiṁ kaññāyo pi passati
He sees fifty girls
Paññāsāyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Paññāsatiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by fifty girls
Paññāsāya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Paññāsāyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Paññāsatiya kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Paññāsatiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in fifty girls
Paññāsā cittāni uppajjanti (nom.)

Paññāsaṁ cittāni uppajjanti
Paññāsati cittāni uppajjanti
Fifty thoughts arise
Paññāsaṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

Paññāsatiṁ cittāni pi passati
He sees fifty thoughts
Paññāsāyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

Paññāsatiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ
The deed was done by fifty hearts
Paññāsāya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Paññāsāyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Paññāsatiya cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Paññāsatiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ
Well established in fifty hearts

7-6: Saṭṭhi
7-6: Sixty
Abstract:
saṭṭhi nominative - paṭhamā

saṭṭhiṁ accusative - dutiyā
saṭṭhiyā instrumental - tatiyā
saṭṭhiyā dative - catutthī
saṭṭhiyā ablative - pañcamī
saṭṭhiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
saṭṭhiyā saṭṭhiyaṁ locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Saṭṭhi bhikkhavo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Sixty monks remain
Saṭṭhiṁ bhikkhavo pi passati (acc.)

He sees sixty monks
Saṭṭhiyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Taught by sixty monks
Saṭṭhiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in sixty monks
Saṭṭhi kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Sixty girls remain
Saṭṭhiṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

He sees sixty girls
Saṭṭhiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by sixty girls
Saṭṭhiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in sixty girls
Saṭṭhi cittāni pi uppajjanti (nom.)

Sixty thoughts arise
Saṭṭhiṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

He sees sixty thoughts
Saṭṭhiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by sixty hearts
Saṭṭhiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in sixty hearts

7-7: Sattati
7-7: Seventy
Abstract:
sattati nominative - paṭhamā

sattatiṁ accusative - dutiyā
sattatiyā instrumental - tatiyā
sattatiyā dative - catutthī
sattatiyā ablative - pañcamī
sattatiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
sattatiyā sattatiyaṁ locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Sattati bhikkhavo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Seventy monks remain
Sattatiṁ bhikkhavo pi passati (acc.)

He sees seventy monks
Sattatiyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Taught by seventy monks
Sattatiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in seventy monks
Sattati kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Seventy girls remain
Sattatiṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

He sees seventy girls
Sattatiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by seventy girls
Sattatiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in seventy girls
Sattati cittāni pi uppajjanti (nom.)

Seventy thoughts arise
Sattatiṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

He sees seventy thoughts
Sattatiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by seventy hearts
Sattatiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)


7-8: Asīti
7-8: Eighty
Abstract:
asīti nominative - paṭhamā

asītiṁ accusative - dutiyā
asītiyā instrumental - tatiyā
asītiyā dative - catutthī
asītiyā ablative - pañcamī
asītiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
asītiyā asītiyaṁ locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Asīti bhikkhavo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Eighty monks remain
Asītiṁ bhikkhavo pi passati (acc.)

He sees eighty monks
Asītiyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Taught by eighty monks
Asītiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in eighty monks
Asīti kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Eighty girls remain
Asītiṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

He sees eighty girls
Asītiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by eighty girls
Asītiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in eighty girls
Asīti cittāni pi uppajjanti (nom.)

Eighty thoughts arise
Asītiṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

He sees eighty thoughts
Asītiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by eighty hearts
Asītiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)


Such is the Eight Lesson
7-9: Navuti
7-9: Ninety
Abstract:
navuti nominative - paṭhamā

navutiṁ accusative - dutiyā
navutiyā instrumental - tatiyā
navutiyā dative - catutthī
navutiyā ablative - pañcamī
navutiyā genitive - chaṭṭhī
navutiyā navutiyaṁ locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Navuti bhikkhavo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Ninety monks remain
Navutiṁ bhikkhavo pi passati (acc.)

He sees ninety monks
Navutiyā bhikkhūhi desito (inst.)

Taught by ninety monks
Navutiyaṁ bhikkhūsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in ninety monks
Navuti kaññāyo pi tiṭṭhanti (nom.)

Ninety girls remain
Navutiṁ kaññāyo pi passati (acc.)

He sees ninety girls
Navutiyā kaññāhi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by ninety girls
Navutiyaṁ kaññāsu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Well established in ninety girls
Navuti cittāni pi uppajjanti (nom.)

Ninety thoughts arise
Navutiṁ cittāni pi passati (acc.)

He sees ninety thoughts
Navutiyā cittehi kammaṁ kataṁ (inst.)

The deed was done by ninety hearts
Navutiyaṁ cittesu patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc.)

Tathā ekanavuti iccādi pi

Similarly for ninety-one and so forth
Iti Navamo Pāṭho

7-10: Sataṁ1
7-10: Hundred
Abstract:
sataṁ satāni satā nominative - paṭhamā

sataṁ satāni sate accusative - dutiyā
satena satā satehi satebhi instrumental - tatiyā
satassa satānaṁ dative - catutthī
satā satato satsmā satehi satebhi ablative - pañcamī
satamhā
satassa satānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
sate satasmā satamhi satesu locative - sattamī
Sentences:
Sataṁ bhikkhavo pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. sing.)
A hundred monks remain
1
Sataṁ is a neuter, normally declined in the singular; apparently only when used to express
separate quantities is it written in the plural (Buddhadatta III, p. 57).
Satāni bhikkhavo pana tiṭṭhanti (nom. plur.)

Satā bhikkhavo pana tiṭṭhanti
A hundred monks remain
Sataṁ bhikkhavo pana passati (acc. sing.)

He sees a hundred monks
Satāni bhikkhavo pana passati (acc. plur.)

Sate bhikkhavo pana passati
He sees a hundred monks
Satena bhikkhūhi Dhammo desito (agent. inst. sing.)

Satā bhikkhūhi Dhammo desito
Taught by a hundred monks
Satehi bhikkhūhi Dhammā desitā (agent. inst. plur.)

Taught by a hundred monks
Satassa bhikkhūnaṁ dānaṁ dadeyya (dat. sing.)

He should give a gift to a hundred monks
Satānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dānaṁ dadeyyuṁ (dat. plur.)

He should give a gift to a hundred monks
Satā bhikkhūhi apeti koci (abl. sing.)

Satato bhikkhūhi apeti koci
Satasmā bhikkhūhi apeti koci
Satamhā bhikkhūhi apeti koci
Some depart from a hundred monks
Satehi bhikkhūhi apenti keci (abl. plur.)

Some depart from a hundred monks
Satassa bhikkhūnaṁ pattacīvarāni (gen. sing.)

A hundred monks’ bowls and robes
Satānaṁ bhikkhunaṁ pattacīvarāni (gen. plur.)

A hundred monks’ bowls and robes
Sate bhikkhūsu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. sing.)

Satasmiṁ bhikkhūsu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ
Satamhi bhikkhūsu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ
A mind well established in a hundred monks
Satesu bhikkhūsu manaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ (loc. plur.)

A mind well established in a hundred monks
Evaṁ sahassaṁ sahassānī ti

Similarly for the forms of the thousand
Abstract:
sahassaṁ sahassāni sahassā nominative - paṭhamā

sahassaṁ sahassāni sahasse accusative - dutiyā
sahassena sahassā sahassehi sahassebhi instrumental - tatiyā
sahassassa sahassānaṁ dative - catutthī
sahassā sahassato sahassehi sahassebhi ablative - pañcamī
sahassmā sahassamhā
sahassassa sahassānaṁ genitive - chaṭṭhī
sahasse sahassasmā sahassesu locative - sattamī
sahassamhi
Yojetabbaṁ dasasahassaṁ
They are to be compounded (as) ten thousand
Satasahassaṁ dasasatasahassan-ti
A hundred thousand, ten hundred thousand
Etthāpi eseva nayo

This is the method here
Ayaṁ panettha nayo

This is another method
Sataṁ kho bhikkhū honti

There are a hundred monks
Sataṁ kho itthiyo honti

There are a hundred women
Sataṁ kho piyāni honti

There are a hundred dear ones
Sahassādisu pi eseva nayo

This method is found in the thousands also
Iti Dasamo pāṭho

7-11: Uttaranāmānaṁ
7-11: The Higher Numbers
Dasassa gaṇanassa dasaguṇitaṁ katvā sataṁ hoti
Having multiplied ten by ten there is a hundred
Satassa dasaguṇitaṁ katvā sahassaṁ hoti

Having multiplied ten by a hundred there is a thousand
Dasasahassassa dasaguṇitaṁ katvā satasahassaṁ hoti

Having multiplied ten by ten thousand there is a hundred thousand
Taṁ lakkhan-ti vuccati dasahassassa dasaguṇitaṁ katvā dasasatasahassaṁ hoti

Having multiplied ten by ten thousand, (then) there is ten hundred thousand, this is
called a lakkha (100,000)
Dasasatasahassassa dasaguṇitaṁ katvā koṭi hoti

Having multiplied ten by ten hundred thousand there is a koṭi (10,000,000)
Satasahassānaṁ sataṁ koṭi nāmā ti attho

The meaning is one hundred thousand (times) a hundred is called a koṭi
Koṭisatasahassānaṁ sataṁ pakoṭi

Pakoṭi = 100,000,000,000,000
Pakoṭisatasahassānaṁ sataṁ koṭippakoṭi

Koṭippakoṭi = 1,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
Koṭippakoṭi satasahassānaṁ sataṁ nahutaṁ

Nahutaṁ = 100,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
Nahutasatasahassānaṁ sataṁ ninnahutaṁ

Ninnahutaṁ = 1,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
Ninnahutasatasahassānaṁ sataṁ akkhohiṇi

Akkhohiṇi = 10,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000
Aparo nayo-ekaṁ dasaṁ sataṁ sahassaṁ

Another method: one, ten, hundred, thousand,
Dasasahassaṁ satasahassaṁ dasasatasahassaṁ

ten thousand, hundred thousand, ten hundred thousand,
Koṭi pakoṭi koṭippakoṭi nahutaṁ

ten million, hundred million million, one thousand million million million, one
hundred thousand million million million million,
Ninnahutaṁ akkhohiṇī ti
one million million million million million million, ten million million million million
million million million
Evaṁ ekato paṭṭhāya guṇīyamānā akkhohiṇi

Thus from one and mulitplying in order (we reach) an akkhohiṇi
Terasama ṭhānaṁ hutvā tiṭṭhati

It stands (thus) after the thirteenth station
Nava nāgasahassāni nāge nāge sataṁ rathā

Nine thousand Nāgas, for each Nāga a hundred chariots
Rathe rathe sataṁ assā asse asse sataṁ narā

For each chariot a hundred horses, for each horse a hundred men
Nare nare sataṁ kaññā – eke kissaṁ satitthiyo,

For each man a hundred women – some count so amongst the heretics,
Esā akkhohiṇī nāma pubbācariyehi bhāsitā ti

This is called akkhohiṇī by the former teachers.
Akkhohiṇī ca bindū ca abbudañ-ca nirabbudaṁ

1
Akkhohiṇī (43 cyphers) , bindu (50), abbudaṁ (57), and nirabuddhaṁ (64)
Ahahaṁ ababañ-ceva aṭaṭañ-ca sugandhikaṁ

Ahahaṁ (71), ababaṁ (78), aṭaṭaṁ (85), sugadhikaṁ (92)
Uppalaṁ kumudañ-ceva puṇḍarīkaṁ padumaṁ – tathā,

Uppalaṁ (99), kumudaṁ (106), puṇḍarīkaṁ (113), padumaṁ (120) – thus,
Kathānaṁ mahākathānaṁ asaṁkheyyan-ti bhāsito.

Kathānaṁ (127), mahākathānaṁ (134), asaṁkheyyaṁ (141), was said.
Kamo Kaccāyane eso, Pāḷiyā so virujjhati,

This is the method in Kaccāyana, but the Canon is against it,
Pāḷiyan-tu kamo evaṁ veditabbo: nirabbudā

The Canonical method is to be understood as: nirabbudā,
1
The following numbers are attained by multiplying each one by ten million.
Ababaṁ ahahaṁ aṭaṭaṁ kumudañ-ca sugandhikaṁ

Ababaṁ, ahahaṁ, aṭaṭaṁ, kumudaṁ, sugandhikaṁ,
Uppalaṁ puṇḍarīkañ-ca paduman-ti – Jinobravī ti

Uppalaṁ, puṇḍarīkaṁ, padumaṁ – so said the Victorious Buddha.1

Iti Navapadamañjariyā Atirekasaṅkhyānāmānaṁ

Such are the Rest of the Numerals in the New Collection of Sentences
Sattamo Paricchedo Samatto

The Seventh Chapter is Complete
Navapadamañjariyā Pakaraṇī Samattā

The Book of the New Collection of Sentences is Complete
Siddhi-r-atthu!
May you be successful!
1
These are quoted from Sn. III.10, where they stated to be names of hells, with each one
being 20 times worse (= longer) than the previous. There though they are preceded by
abbudaṁ; uppalaṁ is written uppalikaṁ, and sugandhikaṁ is sogandhikaṁ. In the original text
of Padamañjarī the order was slightly different to that given here, with aṭaṭaṁ and ahahaṁ
being given in reverse order.

Navapadamanjari PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Navapadamanjari PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Navapadamañjarī

A New Collection of Sentences

(Work-in-Progress, partly revised May 2016)

being a revised version of

illustrated with examples drawn from Pāḷi literature,

Table of Contents (outline)

Table of Contents (detailed)

Chapter Four, Genderless Pronouns

Chapter Seven, The Rest of the Numbers

Paṭhamo Paricchedo, Pulliṅganāmaṁ1

1-1: A-kārantapulliṅga – Buddha

Namo te, Buddha ... vippamuttosi sabbadhi3 (vocative singular)

Bho Buddhā! Tumhe pi kho maṁ pāletha (vocative plural)

Vijjācaraṇasampannaṁ Buddhaṁ vandāma Gotamaṁ!4 (accusative singular)

Atīte Buddhe5 parinibbute ... anussarissati6 (accusative plural)

Yo ve Buddhena codito, Bhikkhusaṅghassa pekkhati7 (agentive instr. sing.)8

Vaṇṇitaṁ buddhehi9 ... āraññiko hoti (agentive instrumental plural)

Buddhena seṭṭho va samo va vijjati1 (instrumental singular)

Asamehi Buddhehi sīlādīhi samo ti2 (instrumental plural)

Asokapupphamālāhaṁ Buddhassa upanāmayiṁ3 (dative singular)

Buddhānaṁ añjaliṁ paggayha tiṭṭhanti5 (dative plural)

Dvāsīti Buddhā gaṇhiṁ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto (ablative singular)

Buddhehi Bhagavantehi pabhā niccharati (ablative plural)

Brahmadatto... Buddhassa vaṇṇaṁ bhāsati7 (genitive singular)

Buddhānaṁ ... Dhammadesanā taṁ pakāsesi8 (genitive plural)

Buddhe ca Dhamme ca abhippasannā9 (locative singular)

Buddhesu sagāravatā, Dhamme apaciti yathābhūtaṁ1 (locative plural)

Iti Paṭhamo Pāṭho

1-2: A-kārantapulliṅga – atta

-ā -āno nominative - paṭhamā

Attāno sukhadukkhaṁ pāpuṇanti (nom. plur.)

Bho atta! Sukhadukkhaṁ anubhosi (voc. sing.)

Bho attāno! Sukhadukkhaṁ anubhotha (voc. plur.)

Attānaṁ na dade poso, attānaṁ na pariccaje1 (acc. sing.)

Attāno passati Sammāsambuddho (acc. plur.)

Attanehi kammaphalaṁ anubhuttaṁ (agent. inst. plur.)

Attanā hi kataṁ pāpaṁ, attajaṁ attasambhavaṁ 3 (inst. sing.)

Attanehi bhavasukhaṁ nāma natthi (inst. plur.)

Attānaṁ kammam-eva patiṭṭhā siyā (dat. plur.)

Attanā pi mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Attanehi mahabbhayāni jāyanti (abl. plur.)

Attā hi attano nātho5 (gen. sing.)

Attānaṁ pañcagatiyo honti (gen. plur.)

Dukkhaṁ mando paraloke, attani passati1

Attanesu sabbaṁ balaṁ haranti rogā (loc. plur.)

Iti Dutiyo Pāṭho

1-3: A-kārantapulliṅga – Rāja

-ā -āno nominative - paṭhamā

Daliddo puriso, Rāja, assaddho hoti1 (voc. sing.)

Bho Rājāno! Mahājanaṁ pāletha (voc. plur.)

Brāhmaṇo Rājānaṁ Mahāvijitaṁ etad-avoca2 (acc. sing.)

Yūpo Raññā Mahāpanādena kārāpito4 (agent. inst. sing.)

Rājehi kārāpitā mahāvihārā (agent. inst. plur.)

Raññā mahājano sukhaṁ carati (inst. sing.)

Bhagavā ākiṇṇo viharati ... Rājehi (inst. plur.)

Rājino7 paṇṇākāraṁ deti mahājano (dat. sing.)

Rājā va hoti Rājānaṁ, Brahmā va brāhmaṇānaṁ (dat. plur.)

Raññā mahabbhayaṁ uppajjati (abl. sing.)

Rājehi mahabbhayāni uppajjanti (abl. plur.)

Sabbā disā anupariyanti pacārā tassa Rājino2 (gen. sing.)

Ko ... imesaṁ dvinnaṁ Rājānaṁ mahaddhanataro? (gen. plur.)

Cattāro... abbhutā dhammā Raññe Cakkavattimhi4 (loc. sing.)

Rājesu mahājanā pana pasīdanti (loc. plur.)